1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
4 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012
5 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
7 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
21 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
22 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
29 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
30 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
31 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
33 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
34 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
35 haven't bothered yet. */
37 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
45 #include "libiberty.h"
46 #include "safe-ctype.h"
52 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
53 static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *);
54 static bfd_boolean prep_headers (bfd *);
55 static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms (bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **, int) ;
56 static bfd_boolean elf_read_notes (bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type) ;
57 static bfd_boolean elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size,
60 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
61 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
62 need to move into elfcode.h. */
64 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
67 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd *abfd,
68 const Elf_External_Verdef *src,
69 Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst)
71 dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version);
72 dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags);
73 dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx);
74 dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt);
75 dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash);
76 dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux);
77 dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next);
80 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
83 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd *abfd,
84 const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src,
85 Elf_External_Verdef *dst)
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags);
89 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx);
90 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash);
92 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux);
93 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next);
96 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
99 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd *abfd,
100 const Elf_External_Verdaux *src,
101 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst)
103 dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name);
104 dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next);
107 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
110 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd *abfd,
111 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src,
112 Elf_External_Verdaux *dst)
114 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name);
115 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next);
118 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
121 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd *abfd,
122 const Elf_External_Verneed *src,
123 Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst)
125 dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version);
126 dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt);
127 dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file);
128 dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux);
129 dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next);
132 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
135 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd *abfd,
136 const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src,
137 Elf_External_Verneed *dst)
139 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version);
140 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file);
142 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux);
143 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next);
146 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
149 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd *abfd,
150 const Elf_External_Vernaux *src,
151 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst)
153 dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash);
154 dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags);
155 dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other);
156 dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name);
157 dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next);
160 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
163 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd *abfd,
164 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src,
165 Elf_External_Vernaux *dst)
167 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash);
168 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags);
169 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other);
170 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name);
171 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next);
174 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
177 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd *abfd,
178 const Elf_External_Versym *src,
179 Elf_Internal_Versym *dst)
181 dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers);
184 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
187 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd *abfd,
188 const Elf_Internal_Versym *src,
189 Elf_External_Versym *dst)
191 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers);
194 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
195 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
198 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg)
200 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
205 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
208 if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0)
211 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
212 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
216 return h & 0xffffffff;
219 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
220 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
223 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg)
225 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
226 unsigned long h = 5381;
229 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
230 h = (h << 5) + h + ch;
231 return h & 0xffffffff;
234 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
235 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
237 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd *abfd,
239 enum elf_target_id object_id)
241 BFD_ASSERT (object_size >= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata));
242 abfd->tdata.any = bfd_zalloc (abfd, object_size);
243 if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL)
246 elf_object_id (abfd) = object_id;
247 elf_program_header_size (abfd) = (bfd_size_type) -1;
253 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd *abfd)
255 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
256 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata),
261 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd *abfd)
263 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
264 return abfd->xvec->_bfd_set_format[(int) bfd_object] (abfd);
268 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
270 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
271 bfd_byte *shstrtab = NULL;
273 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize;
275 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
277 || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd)
278 || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0)
281 shstrtab = i_shdrp[shindex]->contents;
282 if (shstrtab == NULL)
284 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
285 offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset;
286 shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size;
288 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
289 in case the string table is not terminated. */
290 if (shstrtabsize + 1 <= 1
291 || (shstrtab = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (abfd, shstrtabsize + 1)) == NULL
292 || bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
294 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab, shstrtabsize, abfd) != shstrtabsize)
296 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
297 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
299 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
300 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
301 the string table over and over. */
302 i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size = 0;
305 shstrtab[shstrtabsize] = '\0';
306 i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = shstrtab;
308 return (char *) shstrtab;
312 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd *abfd,
313 unsigned int shindex,
314 unsigned int strindex)
316 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
321 if (elf_elfsections (abfd) == NULL || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd))
324 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
326 if (hdr->contents == NULL
327 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL)
330 if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size)
332 unsigned int shstrndx = elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx;
333 (*_bfd_error_handler)
334 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
335 abfd, strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size,
336 (shindex == shstrndx && strindex == hdr->sh_name
338 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shstrndx, hdr->sh_name)));
342 return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex;
345 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
346 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
347 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
348 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
349 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
350 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
351 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
354 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd *ibfd,
355 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
358 Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf,
360 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf)
362 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr;
364 const bfd_byte *esym;
365 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx;
366 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx;
367 Elf_Internal_Sym *alloc_intsym;
368 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
369 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
370 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
375 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
381 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
383 if (symtab_hdr == &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_hdr)
384 shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
386 /* Read the symbols. */
388 alloc_extshndx = NULL;
390 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
391 extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
392 amt = symcount * extsym_size;
393 pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size;
394 if (extsym_buf == NULL)
396 alloc_ext = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, extsym_size);
397 extsym_buf = alloc_ext;
399 if (extsym_buf == NULL
400 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
401 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
407 if (shndx_hdr == NULL || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0)
411 amt = symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
412 pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
413 if (extshndx_buf == NULL)
415 alloc_extshndx = (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *)
416 bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
417 extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx;
419 if (extshndx_buf == NULL
420 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
421 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
428 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
430 alloc_intsym = (Elf_Internal_Sym *)
431 bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym));
432 intsym_buf = alloc_intsym;
433 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
437 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
438 isymend = intsym_buf + symcount;
439 for (esym = (const bfd_byte *) extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf,
440 shndx = extshndx_buf;
442 esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL ? shndx + 1 : NULL)
443 if (!(*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, shndx, isym))
445 symoffset += (esym - (bfd_byte *) extsym_buf) / extsym_size;
446 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B symbol number %lu references "
447 "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
448 ibfd, (unsigned long) symoffset);
449 if (alloc_intsym != NULL)
456 if (alloc_ext != NULL)
458 if (alloc_extshndx != NULL)
459 free (alloc_extshndx);
464 /* Look up a symbol name. */
466 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd *abfd,
467 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
468 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
472 unsigned int iname = isym->st_name;
473 unsigned int shindex = symtab_hdr->sh_link;
475 if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
476 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
477 && isym->st_shndx < elf_numsections (abfd))
479 iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name;
480 shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx;
483 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname);
486 else if (sym_sec && *name == '\0')
487 name = bfd_section_name (abfd, sym_sec);
492 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
493 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
496 typedef union elf_internal_group {
497 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr;
499 } Elf_Internal_Group;
501 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
502 signature just a string? */
505 group_signature (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr)
507 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
508 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
509 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
510 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
512 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
513 that it is a symbol table section. */
514 if (ghdr->sh_link >= elf_numsections (abfd))
516 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd) [ghdr->sh_link];
517 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
518 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link))
521 /* Go read the symbol. */
522 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
523 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info,
524 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
527 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, hdr, &isym, NULL);
530 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
533 setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *newsect)
535 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
537 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
538 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
541 unsigned int i, shnum;
543 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
544 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
545 shnum = elf_numsections (abfd);
548 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr) \
549 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
550 && (shdr)->sh_size >= (2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) \
551 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
552 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
554 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
556 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
558 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr))
564 num_group = (unsigned) -1;
565 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
569 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
570 so we can find them quickly. */
573 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
574 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **)
575 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_group, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
576 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL)
580 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
582 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
584 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr))
587 Elf_Internal_Group *dest;
589 /* Add to list of sections. */
590 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr;
593 /* Read the raw contents. */
594 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4);
595 amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4;
596 shdr->contents = (unsigned char *)
597 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, shdr->sh_size, sizeof (*dest) / 4);
598 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
599 if (shdr->contents == NULL)
602 (_("%B: Corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd, shdr->sh_size);
603 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
607 memset (shdr->contents, 0, amt);
609 if (bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
610 || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd)
614 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
615 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
616 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
618 src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size;
619 dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt);
626 idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src);
627 if (src == shdr->contents)
630 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL && (idx & GRP_COMDAT))
631 shdr->bfd_section->flags
632 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
637 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
638 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd));
641 dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx];
648 if (num_group != (unsigned) -1)
652 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
654 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
655 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
656 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
658 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
659 section is a member. */
661 if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr)
665 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
666 other members to see if any others are linked via
668 idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
669 n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
671 if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
672 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
676 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
677 insert current section in circular list. */
678 elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s);
679 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s);
680 elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect;
686 gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr);
689 elf_group_name (newsect) = gname;
691 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
692 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect;
695 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
697 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL)
698 elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect;
706 if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL)
708 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
715 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd *abfd)
718 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
719 bfd_boolean result = TRUE;
722 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
723 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
725 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr = &elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr;
726 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
728 unsigned int elfsec = this_hdr->sh_link;
729 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
730 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
731 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
734 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
735 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
736 bed->link_order_error_handler
737 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
742 asection *linksec = NULL;
744 if (elfsec < elf_numsections (abfd))
746 this_hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec];
747 linksec = this_hdr->bfd_section;
751 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
752 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
755 (*_bfd_error_handler)
756 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
757 s->owner, s, elfsec);
761 elf_linked_to_section (s) = linksec;
766 /* Process section groups. */
767 if (num_group == (unsigned) -1)
770 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
772 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
773 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
774 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
777 if ((++idx)->shdr->bfd_section)
778 elf_sec_group (idx->shdr->bfd_section) = shdr->bfd_section;
779 else if (idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA
780 || idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_REL)
781 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
782 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
783 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
784 relocation sections are in section group in input object
786 shdr->bfd_section->size -= 4;
789 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
790 (*_bfd_error_handler)
791 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
793 (unsigned int) idx->shdr->sh_type,
794 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
795 (elf_elfheader (abfd)
798 shdr->bfd_section->name);
806 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *sec)
808 return elf_next_in_group (sec) != NULL;
811 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
812 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
815 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
816 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
822 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
824 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
827 newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
831 hdr->bfd_section = newsect;
832 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr;
833 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_idx = shindex;
835 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
836 elf_section_type (newsect) = hdr->sh_type;
837 elf_section_flags (newsect) = hdr->sh_flags;
839 newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
841 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr)
842 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size)
843 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect,
844 bfd_log2 (hdr->sh_addralign)))
847 flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
848 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
849 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
850 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
851 flags |= SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE;
852 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
855 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
858 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0)
859 flags |= SEC_READONLY;
860 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
862 else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
864 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0)
867 newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize;
868 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0)
869 flags |= SEC_STRINGS;
871 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP)
872 if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect))
874 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0)
875 flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL;
876 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXCLUDE) != 0)
877 flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
879 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
881 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
882 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
887 } debug_sections [] =
889 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("debug") }, /* 'd' */
890 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'e' */
891 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'f' */
892 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("gnu.linkonce.wi.") }, /* 'g' */
893 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'h' */
894 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'i' */
895 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'j' */
896 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'k' */
897 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("line") }, /* 'l' */
898 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'm' */
899 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'n' */
900 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'o' */
901 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'p' */
902 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'q' */
903 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'r' */
904 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("stab") }, /* 's' */
905 { NULL, 0 }, /* 't' */
906 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'u' */
907 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'v' */
908 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'w' */
909 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'x' */
910 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'y' */
911 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("zdebug") } /* 'z' */
916 int i = name [1] - 'd';
918 && i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sections)
919 && debug_sections [i].name != NULL
920 && strncmp (&name [1], debug_sections [i].name,
921 debug_sections [i].len) == 0)
922 flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING;
926 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
927 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
928 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
929 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
930 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
931 all but one of the sections. */
932 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gnu.linkonce")
933 && elf_next_in_group (newsect) == NULL)
934 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
936 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
937 if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags)
938 if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr))
941 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags))
944 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
945 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
946 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
947 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOTE)
951 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, newsect, &contents))
954 elf_parse_notes (abfd, (char *) contents, hdr->sh_size, -1);
958 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
960 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr;
961 unsigned int i, nload;
963 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
964 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
965 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
966 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
967 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
968 for (nload = 0, i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
969 if (phdr->p_paddr != 0)
971 else if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD && phdr->p_memsz != 0)
973 if (i >= elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum && nload > 1)
976 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
977 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
979 if (((phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD
980 && (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0)
981 || phdr->p_type == PT_TLS)
982 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr, phdr))
984 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
985 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
986 + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr);
988 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
989 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
990 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
991 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
992 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
993 segment will contain sections with contiguous
994 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
995 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
996 + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset);
998 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
999 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1000 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1001 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1002 if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr
1003 && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size
1004 <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz))
1010 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1011 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1012 if ((flags & SEC_DEBUGGING)
1013 && ((name[1] == 'd' && name[6] == '_')
1014 || (name[1] == 'z' && name[7] == '_')))
1016 enum { nothing, compress, decompress } action = nothing;
1019 if (bfd_is_section_compressed (abfd, newsect))
1021 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1022 if ((abfd->flags & BFD_DECOMPRESS))
1023 action = decompress;
1027 /* Normal section. Check if we should compress. */
1028 if ((abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS))
1038 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd, newsect))
1040 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1041 (_("%B: unable to initialize commpress status for section %s"),
1047 unsigned int len = strlen (name);
1049 new_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 2);
1050 if (new_name == NULL)
1054 memcpy (new_name + 2, name + 1, len);
1058 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd, newsect))
1060 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1061 (_("%B: unable to initialize decommpress status for section %s"),
1067 unsigned int len = strlen (name);
1069 new_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
1070 if (new_name == NULL)
1073 memcpy (new_name + 1, name + 2, len - 1);
1077 if (new_name != NULL)
1078 bfd_rename_section (abfd, newsect, new_name);
1084 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = {
1085 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1086 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1087 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1090 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1091 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1092 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1093 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1094 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1095 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1096 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1097 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1098 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1100 bfd_reloc_status_type
1101 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1102 arelent *reloc_entry,
1104 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1105 asection *input_section,
1107 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1109 if (output_bfd != NULL
1110 && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
1111 && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace
1112 || reloc_entry->addend == 0))
1114 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1115 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1118 return bfd_reloc_continue;
1121 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1125 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
1127 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1128 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1131 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd)
1132 || (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
1133 == elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags));
1135 elf_gp (obfd) = elf_gp (ibfd);
1136 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
1137 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
1139 /* Copy object attributes. */
1140 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
1145 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type)
1150 case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break;
1151 case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break;
1152 case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break;
1153 case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break;
1154 case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break;
1155 case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break;
1156 case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break;
1157 case PT_TLS: pt = "TLS"; break;
1158 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: pt = "EH_FRAME"; break;
1159 case PT_GNU_STACK: pt = "STACK"; break;
1160 case PT_GNU_RELRO: pt = "RELRO"; break;
1161 default: pt = NULL; break;
1166 /* Print out the program headers. */
1169 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *farg)
1171 FILE *f = (FILE *) farg;
1172 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
1174 bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
1176 p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
1181 fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1182 c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
1183 for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++)
1185 const char *pt = get_segment_type (p->p_type);
1190 sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type);
1193 fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt);
1194 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset);
1195 fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x");
1196 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr);
1197 fprintf (f, " paddr 0x");
1198 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr);
1199 fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align));
1200 fprintf (f, " filesz 0x");
1201 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz);
1202 fprintf (f, " memsz 0x");
1203 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz);
1204 fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c",
1205 (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1206 (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1207 (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1208 if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0)
1209 fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X));
1214 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1217 unsigned int elfsec;
1218 unsigned long shlink;
1219 bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
1221 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1223 fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1225 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf))
1228 elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
1229 if (elfsec == SHN_BAD)
1231 shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
1233 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1234 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1237 extdynend = extdyn + s->size;
1238 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
1240 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1241 const char *name = "";
1243 bfd_boolean stringp;
1244 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1246 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1248 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1255 if (bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag)
1256 name = (*bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag) (dyn.d_tag);
1258 if (!strcmp (name, ""))
1260 sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag);
1265 case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1266 case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1267 case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break;
1268 case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break;
1269 case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break;
1270 case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break;
1271 case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break;
1272 case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break;
1273 case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break;
1274 case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break;
1275 case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break;
1276 case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break;
1277 case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break;
1278 case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1279 case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1280 case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1281 case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break;
1282 case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break;
1283 case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break;
1284 case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break;
1285 case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break;
1286 case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break;
1287 case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break;
1288 case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break;
1289 case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1290 case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1291 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1292 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1293 case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1294 case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break;
1295 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1296 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1297 case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break;
1298 case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1299 case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break;
1300 case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break;
1301 case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break;
1302 case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1303 case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break;
1304 case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break;
1305 case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1306 case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1307 case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1308 case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break;
1309 case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break;
1310 case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break;
1311 case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break;
1312 case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break;
1313 case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break;
1314 case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break;
1315 case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break;
1316 case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1317 case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break;
1318 case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1319 case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1320 case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break;
1321 case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1322 case DT_GNU_HASH: name = "GNU_HASH"; break;
1325 fprintf (f, " %-20s ", name);
1329 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, dyn.d_un.d_val);
1334 unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1336 string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv);
1339 fprintf (f, "%s", string);
1348 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
1349 || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL))
1351 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd, FALSE))
1355 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
1357 Elf_Internal_Verdef *t;
1359 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1360 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef)
1362 fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx,
1363 t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash,
1364 t->vd_nodename ? t->vd_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1365 if (t->vd_auxptr != NULL && t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL)
1367 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a;
1370 for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr;
1374 a->vda_nodename ? a->vda_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1380 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
1382 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1384 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1385 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref)
1387 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1389 fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1390 t->vn_filename ? t->vn_filename : "<corrupt>");
1391 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1392 fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash,
1393 a->vna_flags, a->vna_other,
1394 a->vna_nodename ? a->vna_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1406 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1409 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd *abfd,
1412 bfd_print_symbol_type how)
1414 FILE *file = (FILE *) filep;
1417 case bfd_print_symbol_name:
1418 fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name);
1420 case bfd_print_symbol_more:
1421 fprintf (file, "elf ");
1422 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value);
1423 fprintf (file, " %lx", (unsigned long) symbol->flags);
1425 case bfd_print_symbol_all:
1427 const char *section_name;
1428 const char *name = NULL;
1429 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1430 unsigned char st_other;
1433 section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)";
1435 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1436 if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all)
1437 name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol);
1441 name = symbol->name;
1442 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, file, symbol);
1445 fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name);
1446 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1447 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1448 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1449 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1450 if (symbol->section && bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
1451 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
1453 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
1454 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val);
1456 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1457 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_section != 0
1458 && (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_section != 0
1459 || elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_section != 0))
1461 unsigned int vernum;
1462 const char *version_string;
1464 vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_VERSION;
1467 version_string = "";
1468 else if (vernum == 1)
1469 version_string = "Base";
1470 else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs)
1472 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename;
1475 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1477 version_string = "";
1478 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
1482 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1484 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1486 if (a->vna_other == vernum)
1488 version_string = a->vna_nodename;
1495 if ((((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_HIDDEN) == 0)
1496 fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string);
1501 fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string);
1502 for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i)
1507 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1508 st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
1513 case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break;
1514 case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break;
1515 case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break;
1517 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1519 fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other);
1522 fprintf (file, " %s", name);
1528 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1530 struct bfd_strtab_hash *
1531 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1533 struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret;
1535 ret = _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1540 loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", TRUE, FALSE);
1541 BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1);
1542 if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1)
1544 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret);
1551 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1553 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1556 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
1558 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
1559 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr;
1560 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1563 if (shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd))
1566 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
1567 ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
1568 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, ehdr->e_shstrndx,
1573 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1574 switch (hdr->sh_type)
1577 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1580 case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */
1581 case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */
1582 case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */
1583 case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */
1584 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: /* .init_array section. */
1585 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: /* .fini_array section. */
1586 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: /* .preinit_array section. */
1587 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1588 case SHT_GNU_HASH: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1589 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1591 case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1592 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1594 if (hdr->sh_link > elf_numsections (abfd))
1596 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
1597 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
1598 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
1601 case bfd_arch_sparc:
1602 if (hdr->sh_link == (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
1603 || hdr->sh_link == ((SHN_LORESERVE + 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
1605 /* Otherwise fall through. */
1610 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link] == NULL)
1612 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB)
1614 Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr;
1616 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1617 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1618 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1619 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0)
1621 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)];
1622 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1626 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1628 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1629 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1631 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1632 if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1634 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1642 case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table */
1643 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1646 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1648 if (hdr->sh_info * hdr->sh_entsize > hdr->sh_size)
1650 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
1652 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
1653 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
1654 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
1658 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0);
1659 elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1660 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = *hdr;
1661 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
1662 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1664 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1665 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1666 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1667 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1668 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1670 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
1671 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
1672 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1676 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1677 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1678 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1679 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)]->sh_link != shindex)
1681 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1683 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1684 for (i = shindex + 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1686 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1687 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1688 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1692 for (i = 1; i < shindex; i++)
1694 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1695 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1696 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1700 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i);
1704 case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1705 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1708 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1710 if (hdr->sh_info * hdr->sh_entsize > hdr->sh_size)
1712 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
1714 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
1715 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
1716 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
1720 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0);
1721 elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1722 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr;
1723 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
1724 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1726 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1727 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1728 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1730 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1731 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == shindex)
1734 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == 0);
1735 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) = shindex;
1736 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr = *hdr;
1737 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
1740 case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table */
1741 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
1743 if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex)
1745 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1746 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
1749 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1752 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr;
1753 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
1756 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1759 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1760 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr;
1761 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr;
1762 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1764 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1768 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1769 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1770 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1771 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
1773 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1775 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1776 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1778 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1779 if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1781 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
1784 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i))
1786 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i)
1788 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i)
1789 goto dynsymtab_strtab;
1793 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1797 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
1799 asection *target_sect;
1800 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2, **p_hdr;
1801 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1802 struct bfd_elf_section_data *esdt;
1806 != (bfd_size_type) (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL
1807 ? bed->s->sizeof_rel : bed->s->sizeof_rela))
1810 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
1811 if (hdr->sh_link >= num_sec)
1813 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1814 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
1815 abfd, hdr->sh_link, name, shindex));
1816 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1820 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
1821 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
1822 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
1823 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
1824 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
1825 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
1826 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
1828 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
1829 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0
1830 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
1831 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM)
1837 for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++)
1839 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
1840 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1851 hdr->sh_link = found;
1854 /* Get the symbol table. */
1855 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
1856 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1857 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link))
1860 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
1861 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
1862 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
1863 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
1864 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
1865 section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or its
1866 sh_link points to the null section. */
1867 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd)
1868 || hdr->sh_link == SHN_UNDEF
1869 || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF
1870 || hdr->sh_info >= num_sec
1871 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_REL
1872 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
1873 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1876 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info))
1878 target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info);
1879 if (target_sect == NULL)
1882 esdt = elf_section_data (target_sect);
1883 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
1884 p_hdr = &esdt->rela.hdr;
1886 p_hdr = &esdt->rel.hdr;
1888 BFD_ASSERT (*p_hdr == NULL);
1889 amt = sizeof (*hdr2);
1890 hdr2 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
1895 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
1896 target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr);
1897 target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
1898 target_sect->relocation = NULL;
1899 target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
1900 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
1901 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
1902 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
1904 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
1905 target_sect->use_rela_p = 1;
1907 abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC;
1911 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
1912 elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex;
1913 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr;
1914 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1916 case SHT_GNU_versym:
1917 if (hdr->sh_entsize != sizeof (Elf_External_Versym))
1919 elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex;
1920 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr;
1921 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1923 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
1924 elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex;
1925 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr;
1926 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1932 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr))
1934 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1936 if (hdr->contents != NULL)
1938 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents;
1939 unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / GRP_ENTRY_SIZE;
1942 if (idx->flags & GRP_COMDAT)
1943 hdr->bfd_section->flags
1944 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
1946 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
1948 while (--n_elt != 0)
1952 if (idx->shdr != NULL
1953 && (s = idx->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
1954 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
1956 elf_next_in_group (hdr->bfd_section) = s;
1964 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
1965 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
1966 || hdr->sh_type == bed->obj_attrs_section_type)
1968 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1970 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd, hdr);
1974 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
1975 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1978 if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOUSER && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIUSER)
1980 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
1981 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
1982 for applications? */
1983 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1984 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
1985 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
1986 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1988 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
1989 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1992 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOPROC
1993 && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIPROC)
1994 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1995 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1996 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
1998 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1999 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOOS && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIOS)
2001 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2002 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING) != 0)
2003 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2004 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2005 be rejected with an error message. */
2006 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2007 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
2009 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
2011 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2012 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2015 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2016 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2017 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2018 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
2026 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2029 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache *cache,
2031 unsigned long r_symndx)
2033 unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE;
2035 if (cache->abfd != abfd || cache->indx[ent] != r_symndx)
2037 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2038 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
2039 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
2041 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
2042 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx,
2043 &cache->sym[ent], esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
2046 if (cache->abfd != abfd)
2048 memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx));
2051 cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx;
2054 return &cache->sym[ent];
2057 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2061 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd *abfd, unsigned int sec_index)
2063 if (sec_index >= elf_numsections (abfd))
2065 return elf_elfsections (abfd)[sec_index]->bfd_section;
2068 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b[] =
2070 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2071 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2074 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c[] =
2076 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2077 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2080 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d[] =
2082 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2083 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2084 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2085 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2086 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2087 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2088 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2089 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC, SHF_ALLOC },
2090 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, SHF_ALLOC },
2091 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM, SHF_ALLOC },
2092 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2095 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f[] =
2097 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2098 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2099 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2102 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g[] =
2104 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2105 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_EXCLUDE },
2106 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2107 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym, 0 },
2108 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef, 0 },
2109 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed, 0 },
2110 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST, SHF_ALLOC },
2111 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA, SHF_ALLOC },
2112 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2113 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2116 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h[] =
2118 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2119 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2122 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i[] =
2124 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2125 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2126 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2127 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2130 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l[] =
2132 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2133 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2136 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n[] =
2138 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2139 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE, 0 },
2140 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2143 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p[] =
2145 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2146 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2147 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2150 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r[] =
2152 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2153 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2154 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA, 0 },
2155 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL, 0 },
2156 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2159 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s[] =
2161 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2162 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2163 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB, 0 },
2164 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2165 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2166 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2167 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2170 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t[] =
2172 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2173 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2174 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2175 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2178 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z[] =
2180 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2181 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2182 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2183 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2184 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2187 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section * const special_sections[] =
2189 special_sections_b, /* 'b' */
2190 special_sections_c, /* 'c' */
2191 special_sections_d, /* 'd' */
2193 special_sections_f, /* 'f' */
2194 special_sections_g, /* 'g' */
2195 special_sections_h, /* 'h' */
2196 special_sections_i, /* 'i' */
2199 special_sections_l, /* 'l' */
2201 special_sections_n, /* 'n' */
2203 special_sections_p, /* 'p' */
2205 special_sections_r, /* 'r' */
2206 special_sections_s, /* 's' */
2207 special_sections_t, /* 't' */
2213 special_sections_z /* 'z' */
2216 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2217 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name,
2218 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec,
2224 len = strlen (name);
2226 for (i = 0; spec[i].prefix != NULL; i++)
2229 int prefix_len = spec[i].prefix_length;
2231 if (len < prefix_len)
2233 if (memcmp (name, spec[i].prefix, prefix_len) != 0)
2236 suffix_len = spec[i].suffix_length;
2237 if (suffix_len <= 0)
2239 if (name[prefix_len] != 0)
2241 if (suffix_len == 0)
2243 if (name[prefix_len] != '.'
2244 && (suffix_len == -2
2245 || (rela && spec[i].type == SHT_REL)))
2251 if (len < prefix_len + suffix_len)
2253 if (memcmp (name + len - suffix_len,
2254 spec[i].prefix + prefix_len,
2264 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2265 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2268 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec;
2269 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2271 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2272 if (sec->name == NULL)
2275 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2276 spec = bed->special_sections;
2279 spec = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name,
2280 bed->special_sections,
2286 if (sec->name[0] != '.')
2289 i = sec->name[1] - 'b';
2290 if (i < 0 || i > 'z' - 'b')
2293 spec = special_sections[i];
2298 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, spec, sec->use_rela_p);
2302 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2304 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata;
2305 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2306 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
2308 sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd;
2311 sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
2315 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
2318 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2319 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2320 sec->use_rela_p = bed->default_use_rela_p;
2322 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2323 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2324 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2325 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2326 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2327 elf_fake_sections. Special handling for .init_array/.fini_array
2328 output sections since they may contain .ctors/.dtors input
2329 sections. We don't want _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data to
2330 copy ELF section type from .ctors/.dtors input sections. */
2331 if (abfd->direction != read_direction
2332 || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0)
2334 ssect = (*bed->get_sec_type_attr) (abfd, sec);
2337 || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
2338 || ssect->type == SHT_INIT_ARRAY
2339 || ssect->type == SHT_FINI_ARRAY))
2341 elf_section_type (sec) = ssect->type;
2342 elf_section_flags (sec) = ssect->attr;
2346 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
2349 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2351 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2352 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2353 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2354 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2356 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2357 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2358 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2359 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2360 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2361 of combined data+bss.
2363 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2364 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2365 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2366 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2367 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2372 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd,
2373 Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr,
2375 const char *type_name)
2383 split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0)
2384 && (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2385 && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz));
2387 if (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2389 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", type_name, hdr_index, split ? "a" : "");
2390 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2391 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2394 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2395 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2396 if (newsect == NULL)
2398 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr;
2399 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr;
2400 newsect->size = hdr->p_filesz;
2401 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset;
2402 newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2403 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->p_align);
2404 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2406 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2407 newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD;
2408 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2410 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2412 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2415 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2417 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2421 if (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz)
2425 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", type_name, hdr_index, split ? "b" : "");
2426 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2427 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2430 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2431 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2432 if (newsect == NULL)
2434 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2435 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2436 newsect->size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz;
2437 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset + hdr->p_filesz;
2438 align = newsect->vma & -newsect->vma;
2439 if (align == 0 || align > hdr->p_align)
2440 align = hdr->p_align;
2441 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (align);
2442 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2444 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2445 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2446 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2447 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2448 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2449 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2450 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
2452 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2453 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2454 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2456 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2457 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2464 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int hdr_index)
2466 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2468 switch (hdr->p_type)
2471 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "null");
2474 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "load");
2477 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "dynamic");
2480 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "interp");
2483 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "note"))
2485 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz))
2490 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "shlib");
2493 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "phdr");
2495 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME:
2496 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index,
2500 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "stack");
2503 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "relro");
2506 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2507 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2508 return bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "proc");
2512 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
2516 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection *sec)
2518 if (elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr)
2520 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec)->rela.hdr == NULL);
2521 return elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr;
2524 return elf_section_data (sec)->rela.hdr;
2527 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
2528 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
2529 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
2533 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd *abfd,
2534 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data *reldata,
2536 bfd_boolean use_rela_p)
2538 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
2540 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2543 amt = sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr);
2544 BFD_ASSERT (reldata->hdr == NULL);
2545 rel_hdr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
2546 reldata->hdr = rel_hdr;
2548 amt = sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect->name);
2549 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2552 sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", asect->name);
2554 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name,
2556 if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2558 rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL;
2559 rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p
2560 ? bed->s->sizeof_rela
2561 : bed->s->sizeof_rel);
2562 rel_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
2563 rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
2564 rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2565 rel_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2566 rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2571 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
2574 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags)
2576 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2577 && (flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
2579 return SHT_PROGBITS;
2582 struct fake_section_arg
2584 struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
2588 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2591 elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *asect, void *fsarg)
2593 struct fake_section_arg *arg = (struct fake_section_arg *)fsarg;
2594 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2595 struct bfd_elf_section_data *esd = elf_section_data (asect);
2596 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
2597 unsigned int sh_type;
2601 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2606 this_hdr = &esd->this_hdr;
2608 this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
2609 asect->name, FALSE);
2610 if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2616 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2618 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2619 || asect->user_set_vma)
2620 this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma;
2622 this_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2624 this_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2625 this_hdr->sh_size = asect->size;
2626 this_hdr->sh_link = 0;
2627 this_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << asect->alignment_power;
2628 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2629 copy_private_section_data. */
2631 this_hdr->bfd_section = asect;
2632 this_hdr->contents = NULL;
2634 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2636 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0)
2637 sh_type = SHT_GROUP;
2639 sh_type = bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect->flags);
2641 if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NULL)
2642 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
2643 else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
2644 && sh_type == SHT_PROGBITS
2645 && (asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2647 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
2648 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
2649 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
2650 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
2651 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2652 (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect);
2653 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
2656 switch (this_hdr->sh_type)
2662 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY:
2663 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY:
2664 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY:
2671 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry;
2675 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
2679 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn;
2683 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p)
2684 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela;
2688 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p)
2689 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel;
2692 case SHT_GNU_versym:
2693 this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym);
2696 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
2697 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2698 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2699 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2701 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2702 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs;
2704 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0
2705 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs);
2708 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
2709 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2710 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2711 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2713 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2714 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs;
2716 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0
2717 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs);
2721 this_hdr->sh_entsize = GRP_ENTRY_SIZE;
2725 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->arch_size == 64 ? 0 : 4;
2729 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2730 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
2731 if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2732 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE;
2733 if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
2734 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
2735 if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2737 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE;
2738 this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize;
2739 if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0)
2740 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS;
2742 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect) != NULL)
2743 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP;
2744 if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
2746 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS;
2747 if (asect->size == 0
2748 && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
2750 struct bfd_link_order *o = asect->map_tail.link_order;
2752 this_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2755 this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size;
2756 if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0)
2757 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
2761 if ((asect->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE)
2762 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXCLUDE;
2764 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2765 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2766 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2767 create the other. */
2768 if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0)
2770 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
2773 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
2774 && esd->rel.count + esd->rela.count > 0
2775 && (arg->link_info->relocatable || arg->link_info->emitrelocations))
2777 if (esd->rel.count && esd->rel.hdr == NULL
2778 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, &esd->rel, asect, FALSE))
2783 if (esd->rela.count && esd->rela.hdr == NULL
2784 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, &esd->rela, asect, TRUE))
2790 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd,
2792 ? &esd->rela : &esd->rel),
2798 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2799 sh_type = this_hdr->sh_type;
2800 if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections
2801 && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect))
2804 if (sh_type == SHT_NOBITS && asect->size != 0)
2806 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
2807 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
2808 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
2812 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
2813 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
2814 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
2815 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
2818 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *failedptrarg)
2820 bfd_boolean *failedptr = (bfd_boolean *) failedptrarg;
2821 asection *elt, *first;
2825 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2827 if (((sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)) != SEC_GROUP)
2831 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info == 0)
2833 unsigned long symindx = 0;
2835 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
2837 if (elf_group_id (sec) != NULL)
2838 symindx = elf_group_id (sec)->udata.i;
2842 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2843 elf_section_syms. */
2844 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd) != NULL);
2845 symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i;
2847 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx;
2849 else if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info == (unsigned int) -2)
2851 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
2852 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
2853 set until all local symbols are output. */
2854 asection *igroup = elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec));
2855 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sec_data = elf_section_data (igroup);
2856 unsigned long symndx = sec_data->this_hdr.sh_info;
2857 unsigned long extsymoff = 0;
2858 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2860 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup->owner))
2862 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2864 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (igroup->owner)->symtab_hdr;
2865 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
2867 h = elf_sym_hashes (igroup->owner)[symndx - extsymoff];
2868 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2869 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2870 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
2872 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = h->indx;
2875 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2877 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2880 sec->contents = (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->size);
2882 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2883 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents;
2884 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2891 loc = sec->contents + sec->size;
2893 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2894 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2895 start of the input section group. */
2896 first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec);
2898 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2899 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2900 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2901 directives, not that it matters. */
2908 s = s->output_section;
2910 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s))
2912 unsigned int idx = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2915 H_PUT_32 (abfd, idx, loc);
2917 elt = elf_next_in_group (elt);
2922 if ((loc -= 4) != sec->contents)
2925 H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc);
2928 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2929 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2930 in here too, while we're at it. */
2933 assign_section_numbers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
2935 struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd);
2937 unsigned int section_number, secn;
2938 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
2939 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d;
2940 bfd_boolean need_symtab;
2944 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2946 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
2947 if (link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable)
2949 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
2950 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
2952 d = elf_section_data (sec);
2954 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
2956 if (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED)
2958 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
2959 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, sec);
2960 abfd->section_count--;
2963 d->this_idx = section_number++;
2968 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
2970 d = elf_section_data (sec);
2972 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP)
2973 d->this_idx = section_number++;
2974 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name);
2977 d->rel.idx = section_number++;
2978 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel.hdr->sh_name);
2985 d->rela.idx = section_number++;
2986 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rela.hdr->sh_name);
2992 t->shstrtab_section = section_number++;
2993 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name);
2994 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = t->shstrtab_section;
2996 need_symtab = (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0
2997 || (link_info == NULL
2998 && ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC | HAS_RELOC))
3002 t->symtab_section = section_number++;
3003 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name);
3004 if (section_number > ((SHN_LORESERVE - 2) & 0xFFFF))
3006 t->symtab_shndx_section = section_number++;
3007 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name
3008 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
3009 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE);
3010 if (t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
3013 t->strtab_section = section_number++;
3014 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name);
3017 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3018 t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3020 elf_numsections (abfd) = section_number;
3021 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number;
3023 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3025 i_shdrp = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, section_number,
3026 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
3027 if (i_shdrp == NULL)
3030 i_shdrp[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
3031 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr));
3032 if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL)
3034 bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp);
3038 elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp;
3040 i_shdrp[t->shstrtab_section] = &t->shstrtab_hdr;
3043 i_shdrp[t->symtab_section] = &t->symtab_hdr;
3044 if (elf_numsections (abfd) > (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xFFFF))
3046 i_shdrp[t->symtab_shndx_section] = &t->symtab_shndx_hdr;
3047 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3049 i_shdrp[t->strtab_section] = &t->strtab_hdr;
3050 t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = t->strtab_section;
3053 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
3058 d = elf_section_data (sec);
3060 i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr;
3061 if (d->rel.idx != 0)
3062 i_shdrp[d->rel.idx] = d->rel.hdr;
3063 if (d->rela.idx != 0)
3064 i_shdrp[d->rela.idx] = d->rela.hdr;
3066 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3068 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3069 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3070 the relocation entries apply. */
3071 if (d->rel.idx != 0)
3073 d->rel.hdr->sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3074 d->rel.hdr->sh_info = d->this_idx;
3076 if (d->rela.idx != 0)
3078 d->rela.hdr->sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3079 d->rela.hdr->sh_info = d->this_idx;
3082 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3083 if ((d->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
3085 s = elf_linked_to_section (sec);
3088 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3089 if (link_info != NULL)
3091 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3092 if (discarded_section (s))
3095 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3096 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3097 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section,
3099 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3100 size as the discarded one. */
3101 kept = _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s, link_info);
3104 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3110 s = s->output_section;
3111 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3115 /* Handle objcopy. */
3116 if (s->output_section == NULL)
3118 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3119 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3120 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, s, s->owner);
3121 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3124 s = s->output_section;
3126 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3131 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3132 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3133 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3135 const struct elf_backend_data *bed
3136 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3137 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
3138 bed->link_order_error_handler
3139 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3144 switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type)
3148 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3149 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3150 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3151 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3152 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3153 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3154 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3156 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3158 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3160 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL)
3164 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
3166 d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3170 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3171 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3172 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3173 field to point to this section. */
3174 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec->name, ".stab")
3175 && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0)
3180 len = strlen (sec->name);
3181 alc = (char *) bfd_malloc (len - 2);
3184 memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3);
3185 alc[len - 3] = '\0';
3186 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc);
3190 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx;
3192 /* This is a .stab section. */
3193 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize == 0)
3194 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
3195 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8;
3202 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
3203 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
3204 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3205 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3207 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
3209 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3212 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST:
3213 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3214 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3215 the version strings. */
3216 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
3217 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3219 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3224 case SHT_GNU_versym:
3225 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3226 this hash table or version table is for. */
3227 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3229 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3233 d->this_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3237 for (secn = 1; secn < section_number; ++secn)
3238 if (i_shdrp[secn] == NULL)
3239 i_shdrp[secn] = i_shdrp[0];
3241 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
3242 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name);
3247 sym_is_global (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3249 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3250 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3251 if (bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global)
3252 return (*bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) (abfd, sym);
3254 return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK | BSF_GNU_UNIQUE)) != 0
3255 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym))
3256 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym)));
3259 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3260 output, or that are duplicates. */
3263 ignore_section_sym (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3265 return ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
3266 && !(sym->section->owner == abfd
3267 || (sym->section->output_section->owner == abfd
3268 && sym->section->output_offset == 0)
3269 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section)));
3272 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3273 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3276 elf_map_symbols (bfd *abfd)
3278 unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
3279 asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
3280 asymbol **sect_syms;
3281 unsigned int num_locals = 0;
3282 unsigned int num_globals = 0;
3283 unsigned int num_locals2 = 0;
3284 unsigned int num_globals2 = 0;
3291 fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3295 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3297 if (max_index < asect->index)
3298 max_index = asect->index;
3302 sect_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, max_index, sizeof (asymbol *));
3303 if (sect_syms == NULL)
3305 elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms;
3306 elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index;
3308 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3309 decided to output. */
3310 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3312 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3314 if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
3316 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym)
3317 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section))
3319 asection *sec = sym->section;
3321 if (sec->owner != abfd)
3322 sec = sec->output_section;
3324 sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx];
3328 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3329 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3331 if (sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx]))
3333 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd, syms[idx]))
3337 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3338 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3339 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3340 at least in that case. */
3341 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3343 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3345 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol))
3352 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3353 new_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_locals + num_globals,
3354 sizeof (asymbol *));
3356 if (new_syms == NULL)
3359 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3361 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3364 if (sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3365 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3366 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym))
3371 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3373 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3375 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3377 asymbol *sym = asect->symbol;
3380 sect_syms[asect->index] = sym;
3381 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3384 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3386 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3390 bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals);
3392 elf_num_locals (abfd) = num_locals;
3393 elf_num_globals (abfd) = num_globals;
3397 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3398 ELF data structure. */
3400 static inline file_ptr
3401 align_file_position (file_ptr off, int align)
3403 return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1);
3406 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3407 required section alignment. */
3410 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp,
3414 if (align && i_shdrp->sh_addralign > 1)
3415 offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, i_shdrp->sh_addralign);
3416 i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset;
3417 if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL)
3418 i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset;
3419 if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
3420 offset += i_shdrp->sh_size;
3424 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3425 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3426 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3429 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd *abfd,
3430 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
3432 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3433 struct fake_section_arg fsargs;
3435 struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab = NULL;
3436 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr;
3437 bfd_boolean need_symtab;
3439 if (abfd->output_has_begun)
3442 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3443 if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing)
3444 (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info);
3446 if (! prep_headers (abfd))
3449 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3450 if (bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers)
3451 (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info);
3453 fsargs.failed = FALSE;
3454 fsargs.link_info = link_info;
3455 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &fsargs);
3459 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd, link_info))
3462 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3463 need_symtab = (link_info == NULL
3464 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0
3465 || ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC | HAS_RELOC))
3469 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3470 int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC));
3472 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p))
3477 if (link_info == NULL)
3479 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed);
3484 shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
3485 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3486 shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
3487 shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
3488 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
3489 shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3490 shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
3491 shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
3492 shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
3493 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3494 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
3496 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, link_info))
3502 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
3504 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
3506 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
3507 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3509 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
3510 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
3511 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3513 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
3514 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3516 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
3518 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3520 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
3521 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab))
3523 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab);
3526 abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE;
3531 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
3532 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
3534 static bfd_size_type
3535 get_program_header_size (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3539 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3541 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
3542 and one for data. */
3545 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
3546 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3548 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
3549 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
3550 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
3555 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
3557 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3561 if (info != NULL && info->relro)
3563 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
3567 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr)
3569 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
3573 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags)
3575 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
3579 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3581 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3582 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
3584 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
3586 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
3587 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
3588 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
3589 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
3590 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
3591 so we check whether the sections are correctly
3593 if (s->alignment_power == 2)
3594 while (s->next != NULL
3595 && s->next->alignment_power == 2
3596 && (s->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3597 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->next->name, ".note"))
3602 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3604 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3606 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
3612 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
3613 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3614 if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers)
3618 a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd, info);
3624 return segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
3627 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
3630 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd * abfd, asection * section)
3632 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3633 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
3635 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map,
3636 p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
3642 for (i = m->count - 1; i >= 0; i--)
3643 if (m->sections[i] == section)
3650 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3652 static struct elf_segment_map *
3653 make_mapping (bfd *abfd,
3654 asection **sections,
3659 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3664 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3665 amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3666 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3670 m->p_type = PT_LOAD;
3671 for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++)
3672 m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp;
3673 m->count = to - from;
3675 if (from == 0 && phdr)
3677 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3678 m->includes_filehdr = 1;
3679 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3685 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3688 struct elf_segment_map *
3689 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd *abfd, asection *dynsec)
3691 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3693 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
3694 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map));
3698 m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC;
3700 m->sections[0] = dynsec;
3705 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
3708 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
3709 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3710 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load)
3712 struct elf_segment_map **m;
3713 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3715 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
3716 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
3717 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
3718 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
3720 m = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
3723 unsigned int i, new_count;
3725 for (new_count = 0, i = 0; i < (*m)->count; i++)
3727 if (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
3728 && (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3729 || (*m)->p_type != PT_LOAD))
3731 (*m)->sections[new_count] = (*m)->sections[i];
3735 (*m)->count = new_count;
3737 if (remove_empty_load && (*m)->p_type == PT_LOAD && (*m)->count == 0)
3743 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3744 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map != NULL)
3746 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd, info))
3753 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3756 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3759 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3760 asection **sections = NULL;
3761 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3762 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs;
3764 no_user_phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map == NULL;
3767 info->user_phdrs = !no_user_phdrs;
3769 if (no_user_phdrs && bfd_count_sections (abfd) != 0)
3773 struct elf_segment_map *mfirst;
3774 struct elf_segment_map **pm;
3777 unsigned int phdr_index;
3778 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
3780 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment = TRUE;
3781 bfd_boolean writable;
3783 asection *first_tls = NULL;
3784 asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr;
3786 bfd_vma addr_mask, wrap_to = 0;
3788 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3790 sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd),
3791 sizeof (asection *));
3792 if (sections == NULL)
3795 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
3796 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
3798 addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd) - 1)) - 1;
3799 addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1;
3802 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3804 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
3808 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
3809 if (((s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask) < (s->lma & addr_mask))
3810 wrap_to = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask;
3813 BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd));
3816 qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections);
3818 /* Build the mapping. */
3823 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3824 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3826 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
3827 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3829 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3830 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3834 m->p_type = PT_PHDR;
3835 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3836 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X;
3837 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3838 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3843 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3844 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3848 m->p_type = PT_INTERP;
3856 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3857 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3858 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3862 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
3864 dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
3866 && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
3869 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3870 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3871 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3872 program headers we will need. */
3875 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
3877 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
3878 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
3879 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0
3880 || (sections[0]->lma & addr_mask) < phdr_size
3881 || ((sections[0]->lma & addr_mask) % maxpagesize
3882 < phdr_size % maxpagesize)
3883 || (sections[0]->lma & addr_mask & -maxpagesize) < wrap_to)
3884 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
3887 for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++)
3890 bfd_boolean new_segment;
3894 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3897 if (last_hdr == NULL)
3899 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3900 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3901 new_segment = FALSE;
3903 else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma)
3905 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3906 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3910 else if (hdr->lma < last_hdr->lma + last_size
3911 || last_hdr->lma + last_size < last_hdr->lma)
3913 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
3914 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
3917 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
3918 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
3919 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
3920 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
3921 section can be included in the current segment. */
3922 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize) + maxpagesize
3924 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize) + maxpagesize
3927 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3928 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3931 else if ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0
3932 && (hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) != 0)
3934 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3935 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3936 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3939 else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)
3941 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3942 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3943 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3944 new_segment = FALSE;
3947 && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0
3948 && (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1) & -maxpagesize)
3949 != (hdr->lma & -maxpagesize)))
3951 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3952 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3953 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3954 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3955 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3956 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3957 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3962 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3963 new_segment = FALSE;
3966 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
3967 if (last_hdr != NULL
3969 && info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment != NULL)
3971 = info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment (info, abfd, hdr,
3977 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3980 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3981 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD))
3982 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3983 last_size = hdr->size;
3989 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
3990 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
3992 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
3999 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
4005 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4006 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4007 last_size = hdr->size;
4011 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
4014 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4016 if (last_hdr != NULL
4017 && (i - phdr_index != 1
4018 || ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD))
4019 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
4021 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
4029 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4032 m = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd, dynsec);
4039 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
4040 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4041 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4042 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4043 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
4045 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4047 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4048 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
4053 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4054 if (s->alignment_power == 2)
4055 for (s2 = s; s2->next != NULL; s2 = s2->next)
4057 if (s2->next->alignment_power == 2
4058 && (s2->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4059 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2->next->name, ".note")
4060 && align_power (s2->lma + s2->size, 2)
4066 amt += (count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
4067 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4071 m->p_type = PT_NOTE;
4075 m->sections[m->count - count--] = s;
4076 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
4079 m->sections[m->count - 1] = s;
4080 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
4084 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4092 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4095 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4096 amt += (tls_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
4097 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4102 m->count = tls_count;
4103 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4105 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4106 for (i = 0; i < (unsigned int) tls_count; ++i)
4108 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL);
4109 m->sections[i] = first_tls;
4110 first_tls = first_tls->next;
4117 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
4119 eh_frame_hdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr;
4120 if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL
4121 && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4123 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4124 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4128 m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME;
4130 m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section;
4136 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags)
4138 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4139 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4143 m->p_type = PT_GNU_STACK;
4144 m->p_flags = elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags;
4145 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4151 if (info != NULL && info->relro)
4153 for (m = mfirst; m != NULL; m = m->next)
4155 if (m->p_type == PT_LOAD
4157 && m->sections[0]->vma >= info->relro_start
4158 && m->sections[0]->vma < info->relro_end)
4161 while (--i != (unsigned) -1)
4162 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
4163 == (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
4166 if (i == (unsigned) -1)
4169 if (m->sections[i]->vma + m->sections[i]->size
4175 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
4178 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4179 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4183 m->p_type = PT_GNU_RELRO;
4185 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4193 elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map = mfirst;
4196 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, info, no_user_phdrs))
4199 for (count = 0, m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
4201 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = count * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4206 if (sections != NULL)
4211 /* Sort sections by address. */
4214 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4216 const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1;
4217 const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2;
4218 bfd_size_type size1, size2;
4220 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
4221 place the section into a segment. */
4222 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
4224 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
4227 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
4228 the same, and this will do nothing. */
4229 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
4231 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
4234 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
4236 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
4242 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
4243 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4244 if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0)
4245 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
4250 else if (TOEND (sec2))
4255 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4256 before others at the same address. */
4258 size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec1->size : 0;
4259 size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec2->size : 0;
4266 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
4269 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4271 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4272 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4273 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4274 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4275 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4278 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4279 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4281 /* In other words, something like:
4283 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4284 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4285 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4286 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4288 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4290 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4293 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma, ufile_ptr off, bfd_vma maxpagesize)
4295 return ((vma - off) % maxpagesize);
4299 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map *m)
4302 const char *pt = get_segment_type (m->p_type);
4307 if (m->p_type >= PT_LOPROC && m->p_type <= PT_HIPROC)
4308 sprintf (buf, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
4309 (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOPROC));
4310 else if (m->p_type >= PT_LOOS && m->p_type <= PT_HIOS)
4311 sprintf (buf, "LOOS+%7.7x",
4312 (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOOS));
4314 snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "%8.8x",
4315 (unsigned int) m->p_type);
4319 fprintf (stderr, "%s:", pt);
4320 for (j = 0; j < m->count; j++)
4321 fprintf (stderr, " %s", m->sections [j]->name);
4327 write_zeros (bfd *abfd, file_ptr pos, bfd_size_type len)
4332 if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0)
4334 buf = bfd_zmalloc (len);
4337 ret = bfd_bwrite (buf, len, abfd) == len;
4342 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4343 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4347 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
4348 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4350 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4351 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4352 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
4353 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4355 bfd_size_type maxpagesize;
4358 bfd_vma header_pad = 0;
4360 if (link_info == NULL
4361 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd, link_info))
4365 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
4369 header_pad = m->header_size;
4374 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4375 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4379 /* PR binutils/12467. */
4380 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = 0;
4381 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = 0;
4384 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = alloc;
4386 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
4387 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4389 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size
4390 >= alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr);
4394 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4398 /* We're writing the size in elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size,
4399 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
4400 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
4401 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while elf_tdata
4402 (abfd)->program_header_size contains the size used for the
4404 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
4405 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
4406 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
4407 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size % bed->s->sizeof_phdr
4409 phdrs = (Elf_Internal_Phdr *)
4411 (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size / bed->s->sizeof_phdr),
4412 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
4413 elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs;
4418 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4419 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
4421 off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4422 off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4423 if (header_pad < (bfd_vma) off)
4429 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs, j = 0;
4431 m = m->next, p++, j++)
4435 bfd_boolean no_contents;
4437 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4438 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4439 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4440 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4441 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4443 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type == ET_CORE
4444 && m->p_type == PT_NOTE))
4445 qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *),
4448 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4449 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4450 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4451 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4452 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
4453 p->p_type = m->p_type;
4454 p->p_flags = m->p_flags;
4459 p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma - m->p_vaddr_offset;
4461 if (m->p_paddr_valid)
4462 p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr;
4463 else if (m->count == 0)
4466 p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma - m->p_vaddr_offset;
4468 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4469 && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4471 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
4472 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
4473 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
4474 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
4475 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
4476 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
4477 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
4479 if (m->p_align_valid)
4480 maxpagesize = m->p_align;
4482 p->p_align = maxpagesize;
4484 else if (m->p_align_valid)
4485 p->p_align = m->p_align;
4486 else if (m->count == 0)
4487 p->p_align = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
4491 no_contents = FALSE;
4493 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4496 bfd_size_type align;
4497 unsigned int align_power = 0;
4499 if (m->p_align_valid)
4503 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4505 unsigned int secalign;
4507 secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp);
4508 if (secalign > align_power)
4509 align_power = secalign;
4511 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << align_power;
4512 if (align < maxpagesize)
4513 align = maxpagesize;
4516 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
4517 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
4518 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
4519 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
4520 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
4521 elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOBITS;
4523 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
4526 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
4527 if (elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) != SHT_NOBITS)
4529 no_contents = FALSE;
4533 off_adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (p->p_vaddr, off, align);
4537 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
4538 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
4539 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
4540 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
4541 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
4542 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
4543 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
4544 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
4549 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4550 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4551 else if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC
4553 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") != 0)
4556 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4558 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4561 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
4562 else if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE)
4563 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
4564 elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOTE;
4570 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4572 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4574 p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4575 p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4578 BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
4580 if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off)
4582 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4583 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4585 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4590 if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
4595 if (m->includes_phdrs)
4597 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4600 if (!m->includes_filehdr)
4602 p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4606 BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
4607 p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4608 if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
4609 p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4613 p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4614 p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4617 p->p_filesz += header_pad;
4618 p->p_memsz += header_pad;
4622 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4623 || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core))
4625 if (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs)
4631 adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz);
4633 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4634 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4638 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
4639 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
4640 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
4641 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
4642 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
4643 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4646 bfd_size_type align;
4647 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
4650 this_hdr = &elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr;
4651 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec);
4653 if ((p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4654 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4655 && (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS
4656 || ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
4657 && ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0
4658 || p->p_type == PT_TLS))))
4660 bfd_vma p_start = p->p_paddr;
4661 bfd_vma p_end = p_start + p->p_memsz;
4662 bfd_vma s_start = sec->lma;
4663 bfd_vma adjust = s_start - p_end;
4667 || p_end < p_start))
4669 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4670 (_("%B: section %A lma %#lx adjusted to %#lx"), abfd, sec,
4671 (unsigned long) s_start, (unsigned long) p_end);
4675 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4677 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4679 if (p->p_filesz + adjust < p->p_memsz)
4681 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
4682 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
4684 adjust = p->p_memsz - p->p_filesz;
4685 if (!write_zeros (abfd, off, adjust))
4689 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4693 if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
4695 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4699 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
4700 off += this_hdr->sh_size;
4701 p->p_filesz = this_hdr->sh_size;
4707 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4716 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
4718 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
4719 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4720 off += this_hdr->sh_size;
4722 else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
4723 && (this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0
4724 && this_hdr->sh_offset == 0)
4726 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
4727 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
4728 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
4729 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
4730 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
4731 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
4733 bfd_vma adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr->sh_addr,
4735 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off + adjust;
4738 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4740 p->p_filesz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4741 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
4742 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
4743 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
4744 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4745 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4747 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4749 if (p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4750 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4752 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4754 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0)
4755 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4758 if (align > p->p_align
4759 && !m->p_align_valid
4760 && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
4761 || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0))
4765 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4768 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
4770 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) != 0)
4776 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
4777 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
4778 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
4780 bfd_boolean check_vma = TRUE;
4782 for (i = 1; i < m->count; i++)
4783 if (m->sections[i]->vma == m->sections[i - 1]->vma
4784 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m->sections[i])
4785 ->this_hdr), p) != 0
4786 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m->sections[i - 1])
4787 ->this_hdr), p) != 0)
4789 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
4794 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
4796 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
4799 sec = m->sections[i];
4800 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(sec)->this_hdr);
4801 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr, p, check_vma, 0)
4802 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr, p))
4804 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4805 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
4807 print_segment_map (m);
4813 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4817 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4820 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
4821 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4823 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4824 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrpp;
4825 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
4826 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
4827 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4828 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4829 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr;
4830 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr;
4832 unsigned int num_sec;
4836 i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4837 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4838 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
4839 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
4841 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
4842 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4845 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
4846 && (hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0
4847 || (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
4848 && hdr->contents == NULL)))
4849 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_offset == hdr->bfd_section->filepos);
4850 else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4852 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
4853 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4854 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4856 (hdr->bfd_section == NULL
4858 : hdr->bfd_section->name));
4859 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
4860 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 && hdr->sh_size != 0)
4861 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4864 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4866 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off,
4869 else if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4870 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
4871 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_section]
4872 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_shndx_section]
4873 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->strtab_section])
4874 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
4876 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4879 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4880 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4884 phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4886 phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
4887 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
4892 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD)
4895 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4897 filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4898 filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4900 if (m->includes_phdrs)
4902 phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4903 phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4904 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4906 phdrs_vaddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4907 phdrs_paddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4912 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
4916 if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
4918 const Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp;
4920 BFD_ASSERT (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs);
4922 if (link_info != NULL)
4924 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
4926 for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp)
4928 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
4929 && lp->p_vaddr >= link_info->relro_start
4930 && lp->p_vaddr < link_info->relro_end
4931 && lp->p_vaddr + lp->p_filesz >= link_info->relro_end)
4935 /* PR ld/14207. If the RELRO segment doesn't fit in the
4936 LOAD segment, it should be removed. */
4937 if (lp == (phdrs + count))
4942 /* Otherwise we are copying an executable or shared
4943 library, but we need to use the same linker logic. */
4944 for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp)
4946 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
4947 && lp->p_paddr == p->p_paddr)
4952 if (lp < phdrs + count)
4954 p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr;
4955 p->p_paddr = lp->p_paddr;
4956 p->p_offset = lp->p_offset;
4957 if (link_info != NULL)
4958 p->p_filesz = link_info->relro_end - lp->p_vaddr;
4959 else if (m->p_size_valid)
4960 p->p_filesz = m->p_size;
4963 p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz;
4964 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are valid. The
4965 gold linker generates RW/4 for the PT_GNU_RELRO section.
4966 It is better for objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
4967 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate debug files.
4969 if (!m->p_align_valid)
4971 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4972 p->p_flags = (lp->p_flags & ~PF_W);
4976 memset (p, 0, sizeof *p);
4977 p->p_type = PT_NULL;
4980 else if (m->count != 0)
4982 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
4983 && (p->p_type != PT_NOTE
4984 || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core))
4986 BFD_ASSERT (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs);
4989 p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos;
4990 for (i = m->count; i-- != 0;)
4992 asection *sect = m->sections[i];
4993 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_section_data (sect)->this_hdr;
4994 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4996 p->p_filesz = (sect->filepos - m->sections[0]->filepos
5003 else if (m->includes_filehdr)
5005 p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr;
5006 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
5007 p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr;
5009 else if (m->includes_phdrs)
5011 p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr;
5012 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
5013 p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr;
5017 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
5022 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
5023 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
5024 VMAs must be known before this is called.
5026 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
5027 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
5028 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
5029 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
5030 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
5031 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
5032 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
5034 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
5037 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *abfd,
5038 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
5040 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
5041 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
5043 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5045 if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0
5046 && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
5048 Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
5049 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
5050 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
5053 /* Start after the ELF header. */
5054 off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize;
5056 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
5057 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
5058 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
5059 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
5061 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
5064 if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
5065 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
5066 || i == tdata->symtab_section
5067 || i == tdata->symtab_shndx_section
5068 || i == tdata->strtab_section)
5070 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
5073 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
5080 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
5081 assignment of sections to segments. */
5082 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
5085 /* And for non-load sections. */
5086 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
5089 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers != NULL)
5091 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers) (abfd, link_info))
5095 /* Write out the program headers. */
5096 alloc = tdata->program_header_size / bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
5097 if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
5098 || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, tdata->phdr, alloc) != 0)
5101 off = tdata->next_file_pos;
5104 /* Place the section headers. */
5105 off = align_file_position (off, 1 << bed->s->log_file_align);
5106 i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off;
5107 off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize;
5109 tdata->next_file_pos = off;
5115 prep_headers (bfd *abfd)
5117 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
5118 struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab;
5119 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5121 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
5123 shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
5124 if (shstrtab == NULL)
5127 elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab;
5129 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0;
5130 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1;
5131 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2;
5132 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3;
5134 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass;
5135 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] =
5136 bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB;
5137 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current;
5139 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
5140 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN;
5141 else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0)
5142 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
5143 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
5144 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE;
5146 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL;
5148 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
5150 case bfd_arch_unknown:
5151 i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
5154 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
5155 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
5156 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
5157 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
5158 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
5159 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
5160 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
5161 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
5163 i_ehdrp->e_machine = bed->elf_machine_code;
5166 i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current;
5167 i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5169 /* No program header, for now. */
5170 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
5171 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
5172 i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0;
5174 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
5175 i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);
5176 i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr;
5178 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
5179 if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
5180 /* It all happens later. */
5184 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
5185 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
5188 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name =
5189 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE);
5190 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name =
5191 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE);
5192 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name =
5193 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE);
5194 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
5195 || elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
5196 || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
5202 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
5203 of the loadable file image. */
5206 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd *abfd)
5209 unsigned int i, num_sec;
5210 Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp;
5212 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
5214 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
5215 for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1; i < num_sec; i++, shdrpp++)
5217 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp;
5220 if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
5221 && shdrp->sh_offset == -1)
5222 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE);
5225 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
5229 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd)
5231 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5232 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
5234 unsigned int count, num_sec;
5236 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
5237 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
5240 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
5243 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed);
5247 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd);
5249 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
5250 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
5251 for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++)
5253 if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing)
5254 (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]);
5255 if (i_shdrp[count]->contents)
5257 bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size;
5259 if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
5260 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt)
5265 /* Write out the section header names. */
5266 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL
5267 && (bfd_seek (abfd, elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
5268 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd))))
5271 if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing)
5272 (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd,
5273 elf_tdata (abfd)->linker);
5275 if (!bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd))
5278 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
5279 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->after_write_object_contents)
5280 return (*elf_tdata (abfd)->after_write_object_contents) (abfd);
5286 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd *abfd)
5288 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
5289 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd);
5292 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
5295 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_section *asect)
5297 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5298 unsigned int sec_index;
5300 if (elf_section_data (asect) != NULL
5301 && elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx != 0)
5302 return elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx;
5304 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect))
5305 sec_index = SHN_ABS;
5306 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect))
5307 sec_index = SHN_COMMON;
5308 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect))
5309 sec_index = SHN_UNDEF;
5311 sec_index = SHN_BAD;
5313 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5314 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section)
5316 int retval = sec_index;
5318 if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval))
5322 if (sec_index == SHN_BAD)
5323 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
5328 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
5332 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr)
5334 asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr;
5336 flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags;
5338 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
5339 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
5340 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
5341 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
5342 input sections rather than the output section. */
5343 if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0
5344 && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
5345 && asym_ptr->section)
5350 sec = asym_ptr->section;
5351 if (sec->owner != abfd && sec->output_section != NULL)
5352 sec = sec->output_section;
5353 if (sec->owner == abfd
5354 && (indx = sec->index) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd)
5355 && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL)
5356 asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i;
5359 idx = asym_ptr->udata.i;
5363 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5364 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5365 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5366 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5367 abfd, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr));
5368 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols);
5375 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx\n",
5376 (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, (long) flags);
5384 /* Rewrite program header information. */
5387 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5389 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
5390 struct elf_segment_map *map;
5391 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
5392 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
5393 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5396 unsigned int num_segments;
5397 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
5398 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid;
5399 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
5400 struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL;
5401 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0;
5402 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5404 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
5405 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
5408 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
5410 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5411 maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize;
5413 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5414 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5415 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5416 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5418 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5419 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5420 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5421 ? section->size : 0)
5423 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5424 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5425 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5426 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5427 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5428 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5430 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5431 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5432 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5433 (section->lma >= base \
5434 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5435 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5437 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
5438 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
5439 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5440 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
5441 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5442 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5443 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5445 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
5447 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5449 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5453 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5454 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5455 p_memsz set to 0. */
5456 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5458 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5459 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5460 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5461 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5463 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5464 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5465 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5467 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5468 A section will be included if:
5469 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5470 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5471 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
5473 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5474 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5475 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5476 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5477 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5478 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5479 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5480 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5481 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5482 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5483 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5484 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5485 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5486 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5487 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5488 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5489 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5490 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5491 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5492 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5493 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5494 || (segment->p_paddr \
5495 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5496 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5497 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5499 && !section->segment_mark)
5501 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
5502 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5503 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5504 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
5505 && section->output_section != NULL)
5507 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5508 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5509 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5511 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5512 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5513 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5514 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5515 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5517 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5518 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5519 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5520 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5521 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5523 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5524 for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next)
5525 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5527 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5528 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5529 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5530 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5531 p_paddr_valid = FALSE;
5532 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5535 if (segment->p_paddr != 0)
5537 p_paddr_valid = TRUE;
5541 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5542 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5543 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5544 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5545 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5550 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2;
5552 if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP)
5553 for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next)
5554 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section))
5556 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5557 assignment code will work. */
5558 segment->p_vaddr = section->vma;
5562 if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5564 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
5565 if (segment->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
5566 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
5570 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5571 for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2++)
5573 bfd_signed_vma extra_length;
5575 if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD
5576 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2))
5579 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5580 if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr)
5582 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5584 extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)
5585 - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr));
5587 if (extra_length > 0)
5589 segment2->p_memsz += extra_length;
5590 segment2->p_filesz += extra_length;
5593 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
5595 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5597 segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5602 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5604 extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr)
5605 - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr));
5607 if (extra_length > 0)
5609 segment->p_memsz += extra_length;
5610 segment->p_filesz += extra_length;
5613 segment2->p_type = PT_NULL;
5618 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5619 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5623 unsigned int section_count;
5624 asection **sections;
5625 asection *output_section;
5627 bfd_vma matching_lma;
5628 bfd_vma suggested_lma;
5631 asection *first_section;
5632 bfd_boolean first_matching_lma;
5633 bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma;
5635 if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL)
5638 first_section = NULL;
5639 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5640 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
5642 section = section->next)
5644 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
5645 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5646 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5648 if (first_section == NULL)
5649 first_section = section;
5650 if (section->output_section != NULL)
5655 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5656 all of the sections we have selected. */
5657 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5658 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5659 map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
5663 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5664 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5666 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5667 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5668 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5670 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
5671 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
5673 if (!first_section || first_section->output_section != NULL)
5675 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
5676 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
5679 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5680 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5681 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
5682 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
5683 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5685 if (!phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5687 map->includes_phdrs =
5688 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5689 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
5690 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5691 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
5693 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
5694 phdr_included = TRUE;
5697 if (section_count == 0)
5699 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5700 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5701 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5702 a warning is produced. */
5703 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD)
5704 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment"
5705 " detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5709 *pointer_to_map = map;
5710 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5715 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5716 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5717 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5718 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5720 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5721 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5724 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5725 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5726 of the first section.
5728 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5729 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5730 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5731 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5732 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5734 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5735 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5736 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5737 or segments to contain the other sections.
5739 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5740 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5741 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5743 sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc2 (section_count, sizeof (asection *));
5744 if (sections == NULL)
5747 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5748 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5749 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5750 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5751 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5756 first_matching_lma = TRUE;
5757 first_suggested_lma = TRUE;
5759 for (section = ibfd->sections;
5761 section = section->next)
5762 if (section == first_section)
5765 for (j = 0; section != NULL; section = section->next)
5767 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5769 output_section = section->output_section;
5771 sections[j++] = section;
5773 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5774 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5775 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5776 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5778 && segment->p_vaddr != 0
5779 && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5781 && output_section->lma != 0
5782 && output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr
5783 + (map->includes_filehdr
5786 + (map->includes_phdrs
5788 * iehdr->e_phentsize)
5790 map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr;
5792 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5793 LMA address of the output section. */
5794 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
5795 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)
5796 || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5797 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment)))
5799 if (first_matching_lma || output_section->lma < matching_lma)
5801 matching_lma = output_section->lma;
5802 first_matching_lma = FALSE;
5805 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5806 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5808 map->sections[isec++] = output_section;
5810 else if (first_suggested_lma)
5812 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5813 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
5816 if (j == section_count)
5821 BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count);
5823 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5825 if (isec == section_count)
5827 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5828 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5829 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5830 program header in the input BFD. */
5831 map->count = section_count;
5832 *pointer_to_map = map;
5833 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5836 && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5837 && matching_lma != map->p_paddr
5838 && !map->includes_filehdr
5839 && !map->includes_phdrs)
5840 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
5841 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
5843 map->p_vaddr_offset = matching_lma - map->p_paddr;
5850 if (!first_matching_lma)
5852 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5853 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5854 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5855 map->p_paddr = matching_lma;
5859 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5860 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5861 the LMA of the first section. */
5862 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
5865 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5866 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5867 if (map->includes_filehdr)
5869 if (map->p_paddr >= iehdr->e_ehsize)
5870 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize;
5873 map->includes_filehdr = FALSE;
5874 map->includes_phdrs = FALSE;
5878 if (map->includes_phdrs)
5880 if (map->p_paddr >= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)
5882 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize;
5884 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5885 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5886 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5887 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5888 offset when we know the correct value. */
5889 phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum;
5890 phdr_adjust_seg = map;
5893 map->includes_phdrs = FALSE;
5897 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
5898 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
5899 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
5900 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
5901 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
5902 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
5909 first_suggested_lma = TRUE;
5911 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
5912 for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++)
5914 section = sections[j];
5916 if (section == NULL)
5919 output_section = section->output_section;
5921 BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL);
5923 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
5924 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section))
5926 if (map->count == 0)
5928 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
5929 the beginning of the segment, then something is
5931 if (output_section->lma
5933 + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0)
5934 + (map->includes_phdrs
5935 ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize
5943 prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1];
5945 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
5946 and the start of this section is more than
5947 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
5948 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size,
5950 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize))
5951 || (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size
5952 > output_section->lma))
5954 if (first_suggested_lma)
5956 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5957 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
5964 map->sections[map->count++] = output_section;
5967 section->segment_mark = TRUE;
5969 else if (first_suggested_lma)
5971 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5972 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
5976 BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0);
5978 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
5979 *pointer_to_map = map;
5980 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5982 if (isec < section_count)
5984 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
5985 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
5986 and carry on looping. */
5987 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5988 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5989 map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_alloc (obfd, amt);
5996 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
5997 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
5998 not yet been assigned. */
6000 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
6001 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
6002 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
6003 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
6004 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
6005 map->includes_filehdr = 0;
6006 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
6009 while (isec < section_count);
6014 elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first;
6016 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
6017 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
6018 the offset if necessary. */
6019 if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL)
6023 for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
6026 if (count > phdr_adjust_num)
6027 phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr
6028 -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize;
6033 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
6034 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
6036 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
6037 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
6038 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
6039 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
6040 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
6041 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
6045 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
6048 copy_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6050 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
6051 struct elf_segment_map *map;
6052 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
6053 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
6054 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
6056 unsigned int num_segments;
6057 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
6058 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid;
6060 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
6063 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
6065 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
6066 map->p_paddr_valid. */
6067 p_paddr_valid = FALSE;
6068 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
6069 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6072 if (segment->p_paddr != 0)
6074 p_paddr_valid = TRUE;
6078 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6083 unsigned int section_count;
6085 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
6086 asection *first_section = NULL;
6087 asection *lowest_section;
6089 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
6090 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
6092 section = section->next)
6094 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
6095 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment))
6097 if (first_section == NULL)
6098 first_section = section;
6103 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
6104 all of the sections we have selected. */
6105 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
6106 if (section_count != 0)
6107 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
6108 map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
6112 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
6115 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
6116 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
6117 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
6118 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
6119 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
6120 map->p_align = segment->p_align;
6121 map->p_align_valid = 1;
6122 map->p_vaddr_offset = 0;
6124 if (map->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
6126 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
6127 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
6128 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
6129 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
6130 map->p_size = segment->p_memsz;
6131 map->p_size_valid = 1;
6134 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
6135 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
6136 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
6137 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
6139 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
6140 if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
6142 map->includes_phdrs =
6143 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
6144 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
6145 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
6146 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
6148 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
6149 phdr_included = TRUE;
6152 lowest_section = first_section;
6153 if (section_count != 0)
6155 unsigned int isec = 0;
6157 for (section = first_section;
6159 section = section->next)
6161 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
6162 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment))
6164 map->sections[isec++] = section->output_section;
6165 if (section->lma < lowest_section->lma)
6166 lowest_section = section;
6167 if ((section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6171 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
6172 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
6173 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
6174 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
6176 if ((section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
6177 seg_off = this_hdr->sh_offset - segment->p_offset;
6179 seg_off = this_hdr->sh_addr - segment->p_vaddr;
6180 if (section->lma - segment->p_paddr != seg_off)
6181 map->p_paddr_valid = FALSE;
6183 if (isec == section_count)
6189 if (map->includes_filehdr && lowest_section != NULL)
6190 /* We need to keep the space used by the headers fixed. */
6191 map->header_size = lowest_section->vma - segment->p_vaddr;
6193 if (!map->includes_phdrs
6194 && !map->includes_filehdr
6195 && map->p_paddr_valid)
6196 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
6197 map->p_vaddr_offset = ((lowest_section ? lowest_section->lma : 0)
6198 - segment->p_paddr);
6200 map->count = section_count;
6201 *pointer_to_map = map;
6202 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
6205 elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first;
6209 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
6213 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6215 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6216 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6219 if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL)
6222 if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec)
6224 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
6225 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
6226 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
6227 asection *section, *osec;
6228 unsigned int i, num_segments;
6229 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
6230 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6232 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
6234 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
6235 if (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero)
6238 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
6239 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
6240 section = section->next)
6241 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
6243 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
6244 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6248 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
6249 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
6250 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
6251 map in this case. */
6252 if (segment->p_paddr == 0
6253 && segment->p_memsz == 0
6254 && (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP || segment->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC))
6257 for (section = ibfd->sections;
6258 section != NULL; section = section->next)
6260 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
6261 from the input BFD. */
6262 osec = section->output_section;
6264 osec->segment_mark = TRUE;
6266 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
6267 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
6268 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment))
6270 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
6271 removed. What else do we need to check? */
6273 || section->flags != osec->flags
6274 || section->lma != osec->lma
6275 || section->vma != osec->vma
6276 || section->size != osec->size
6277 || section->rawsize != osec->rawsize
6278 || section->alignment_power != osec->alignment_power)
6284 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
6286 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
6287 section = section->next)
6289 if (section->segment_mark == FALSE)
6292 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
6295 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
6299 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
6302 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
6305 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
6309 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
6312 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
6313 bfd_boolean final_link = link_info != NULL && !link_info->relocatable;
6315 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6316 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6319 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec) != NULL);
6321 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF
6322 section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been
6323 set to something different. For a final link allow some flags
6324 that the linker clears to differ. */
6325 if (elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_NULL
6326 && (osec->flags == isec->flags
6328 && ((osec->flags ^ isec->flags)
6329 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC)) == 0)))
6330 elf_section_type (osec) = elf_section_type (isec);
6332 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
6333 elf_section_flags (osec) |= (elf_section_flags (isec)
6334 & (SHF_MASKOS | SHF_MASKPROC));
6336 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
6337 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
6338 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
6339 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
6342 if (elf_sec_group (isec) == NULL
6343 || (elf_sec_group (isec)->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
6345 if (elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GROUP)
6346 elf_section_flags (osec) |= SHF_GROUP;
6347 elf_next_in_group (osec) = elf_next_in_group (isec);
6348 elf_section_data (osec)->group = elf_section_data (isec)->group;
6352 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
6354 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
6355 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
6356 may be NULL at this point. */
6357 if ((ihdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
6359 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
6360 ohdr->sh_flags |= SHF_LINK_ORDER;
6361 elf_linked_to_section (osec) = elf_linked_to_section (isec);
6364 osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p;
6369 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
6370 field, and sometimes the info field. */
6373 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
6378 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
6380 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6381 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6384 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
6385 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
6387 ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize;
6389 if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
6390 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM
6391 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed
6392 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef)
6393 ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info;
6395 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec,
6399 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
6400 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
6401 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
6402 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
6403 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
6407 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd *ibfd, asection *discarded)
6411 for (isec = ibfd->sections; isec != NULL; isec = isec->next)
6412 if (elf_section_type (isec) == SHT_GROUP)
6414 asection *first = elf_next_in_group (isec);
6415 asection *s = first;
6416 bfd_size_type removed = 0;
6420 /* If this member section is being output but the
6421 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
6422 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
6423 if (s->output_section != discarded
6424 && isec->output_section == discarded)
6426 elf_section_flags (s->output_section) &= ~SHF_GROUP;
6427 elf_group_name (s->output_section) = NULL;
6429 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
6430 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */
6431 else if (s->output_section == discarded
6432 && isec->output_section != discarded)
6434 s = elf_next_in_group (s);
6440 if (discarded != NULL)
6442 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
6443 adjust the input section size. This function may
6444 be called multiple times, so save the original
6446 if (isec->rawsize == 0)
6447 isec->rawsize = isec->size;
6448 isec->size = isec->rawsize - removed;
6452 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
6454 isec->output_section->size -= removed;
6462 /* Copy private header information. */
6465 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6467 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6468 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6471 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
6472 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
6473 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
6474 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
6475 already been worked out. */
6476 if (elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map == NULL && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL)
6478 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
6482 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd, NULL);
6485 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
6486 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
6487 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
6488 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
6489 swap_out_syms function. */
6491 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
6492 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
6493 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
6494 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
6495 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
6498 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd *ibfd,
6503 elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym;
6505 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6506 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6509 isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg);
6510 osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg);
6513 && isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0
6515 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section))
6519 shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
6520 if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd))
6521 shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB;
6522 else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd))
6523 shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB;
6524 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->strtab_section)
6526 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->shstrtab_section)
6527 shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB;
6528 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_section)
6529 shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX;
6530 osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx;
6536 /* Swap out the symbols. */
6539 swap_out_syms (bfd *abfd,
6540 struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp,
6543 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6546 struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt;
6547 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6548 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr;
6549 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr;
6550 bfd_byte *outbound_syms;
6551 bfd_byte *outbound_shndx;
6554 bfd_boolean name_local_sections;
6556 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd))
6559 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
6560 stt = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
6564 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6565 symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
6566 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6567 symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB;
6568 symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6569 symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1);
6570 symtab_hdr->sh_info = elf_num_locals (abfd) + 1;
6571 symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
6573 symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
6574 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
6576 outbound_syms = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount,
6577 bed->s->sizeof_sym);
6578 if (outbound_syms == NULL)
6580 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6583 symtab_hdr->contents = outbound_syms;
6585 outbound_shndx = NULL;
6586 symtab_shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
6587 if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0)
6589 amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6590 outbound_shndx = (bfd_byte *)
6591 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
6592 if (outbound_shndx == NULL)
6594 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6598 symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx;
6599 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX;
6600 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt;
6601 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6602 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6605 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
6607 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
6608 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
6614 sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
6615 sym.st_target_internal = 0;
6616 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
6617 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6618 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
6619 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6623 = (bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
6624 && bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd));
6626 syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
6627 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
6629 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
6630 bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value;
6631 elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
6632 flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags;
6635 if (!name_local_sections
6636 && (flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM)
6638 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
6643 sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt,
6646 if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
6648 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6653 type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]);
6655 if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
6656 && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
6658 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
6659 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
6660 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
6661 sym.st_size = value;
6662 if (type_ptr == NULL
6663 || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0)
6664 sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value));
6666 sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
6667 sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
6668 (abfd, syms[idx]->section);
6672 asection *sec = syms[idx]->section;
6675 if (sec->output_section)
6677 value += sec->output_offset;
6678 sec = sec->output_section;
6681 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
6682 if (! relocatable_p)
6684 sym.st_value = value;
6685 sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0;
6687 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec)
6689 && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0)
6691 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
6692 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
6693 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
6694 shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
6698 shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
6701 shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd);
6704 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_section;
6707 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_section;
6710 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_section;
6718 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
6720 if (shndx == SHN_BAD)
6724 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
6725 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
6726 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
6727 demand of applications. For example, it
6728 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
6729 section of a symbol to be a section that is
6730 actually in the output file. */
6731 sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name);
6734 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6735 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
6736 syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "<Local sym>",
6738 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6739 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6743 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2);
6744 BFD_ASSERT (shndx != SHN_BAD);
6748 sym.st_shndx = shndx;
6751 if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
6753 else if ((flags & BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION) != 0)
6754 type = STT_GNU_IFUNC;
6755 else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0)
6757 else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0)
6759 else if ((flags & BSF_RELC) != 0)
6761 else if ((flags & BSF_SRELC) != 0)
6766 if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
6769 /* Processor-specific types. */
6770 if (type_ptr != NULL
6771 && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
6772 type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
6773 (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type));
6775 if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
6777 if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
6778 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6780 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION);
6782 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
6784 #ifdef USE_STT_COMMON
6785 if (type == STT_OBJECT)
6786 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_COMMON);
6789 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type);
6791 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section))
6792 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK)
6796 else if (flags & BSF_FILE)
6797 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE);
6800 int bind = STB_LOCAL;
6802 if (flags & BSF_LOCAL)
6804 else if (flags & BSF_GNU_UNIQUE)
6805 bind = STB_GNU_UNIQUE;
6806 else if (flags & BSF_WEAK)
6808 else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
6811 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type);
6814 if (type_ptr != NULL)
6816 sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
6817 sym.st_target_internal
6818 = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_target_internal;
6823 sym.st_target_internal = 0;
6826 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
6827 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6828 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
6829 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6833 symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt);
6834 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
6836 symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
6837 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
6838 symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
6839 symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
6840 symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
6841 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
6846 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6848 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6849 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6850 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6853 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6857 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6859 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6860 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6862 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
6868 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6872 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
6874 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6876 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6880 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6881 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6883 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
6889 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6892 return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *);
6895 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
6898 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd *abfd,
6905 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6907 if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE))
6910 tblptr = section->relocation;
6911 for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++)
6912 *relptr++ = tblptr++;
6916 return section->reloc_count;
6920 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation)
6922 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6923 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, FALSE);
6926 bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
6931 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
6932 asymbol **allocation)
6934 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6935 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, TRUE);
6938 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
6942 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
6943 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
6944 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
6945 dynamic reloc section. */
6948 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6953 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6955 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6959 ret = sizeof (arelent *);
6960 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6961 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
6962 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
6963 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
6964 ret += ((s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize)
6965 * sizeof (arelent *));
6970 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
6971 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
6972 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
6973 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
6974 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
6975 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
6976 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
6979 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd *abfd,
6983 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
6987 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6989 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6993 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
6995 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6997 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
6998 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
6999 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
7004 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE))
7006 count = s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize;
7008 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
7019 /* Read in the version information. */
7022 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver)
7024 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
7025 unsigned int freeidx = 0;
7027 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
7029 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
7030 Elf_External_Verneed *everneed;
7031 Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed;
7033 bfd_byte *contents_end;
7035 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr;
7037 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = (Elf_Internal_Verneed *)
7038 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, hdr->sh_info, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed));
7039 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)
7042 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = hdr->sh_info;
7044 contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
7045 if (contents == NULL)
7047 error_return_verref:
7048 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = NULL;
7049 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = 0;
7052 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
7053 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
7054 goto error_return_verref;
7056 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed))
7057 goto error_return_verref;
7059 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed)
7060 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux));
7061 contents_end = contents + hdr->sh_size - sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed);
7062 everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents;
7063 iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
7064 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++)
7066 Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux;
7067 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux;
7070 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed);
7072 iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd;
7074 iverneed->vn_filename =
7075 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
7077 if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL)
7078 goto error_return_verref;
7080 if (iverneed->vn_cnt == 0)
7081 iverneed->vn_auxptr = NULL;
7084 iverneed->vn_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_vernaux *)
7085 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverneed->vn_cnt,
7086 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux));
7087 if (iverneed->vn_auxptr == NULL)
7088 goto error_return_verref;
7091 if (iverneed->vn_aux
7092 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
7093 goto error_return_verref;
7095 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
7096 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux));
7097 ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr;
7098 for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++)
7100 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux);
7102 ivernaux->vna_nodename =
7103 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
7104 ivernaux->vna_name);
7105 if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL)
7106 goto error_return_verref;
7108 if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt)
7109 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1;
7111 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL;
7113 if (ivernaux->vna_next
7114 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) evernaux))
7115 goto error_return_verref;
7117 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
7118 ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next));
7120 if (ivernaux->vna_other > freeidx)
7121 freeidx = ivernaux->vna_other;
7124 if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info)
7125 iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1;
7127 iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL;
7129 if (iverneed->vn_next
7130 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
7131 goto error_return_verref;
7133 everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *)
7134 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next));
7141 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
7143 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
7144 Elf_External_Verdef *everdef;
7145 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
7146 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr;
7147 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem;
7149 unsigned int maxidx;
7150 bfd_byte *contents_end_def, *contents_end_aux;
7152 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr;
7154 contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
7155 if (contents == NULL)
7157 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
7158 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
7161 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef))
7164 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)
7165 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux));
7166 contents_end_def = contents + hdr->sh_size
7167 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef);
7168 contents_end_aux = contents + hdr->sh_size
7169 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux);
7171 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
7172 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
7174 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
7176 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i)
7178 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
7180 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx)
7181 maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION);
7183 if (iverdefmem.vd_next
7184 > (size_t) (contents_end_def - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
7187 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
7188 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next));
7191 if (default_imported_symver)
7193 if (freeidx > maxidx)
7198 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *)
7199 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, maxidx, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
7200 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
7203 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx;
7205 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
7206 iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef;
7207 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++)
7209 Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux;
7210 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
7213 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
7215 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) == 0)
7217 error_return_verdef:
7218 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = NULL;
7219 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = 0;
7223 iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1];
7224 memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
7226 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
7228 if (iverdef->vd_cnt == 0)
7229 iverdef->vd_auxptr = NULL;
7232 iverdef->vd_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_verdaux *)
7233 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverdef->vd_cnt,
7234 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
7235 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
7236 goto error_return_verdef;
7240 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
7241 goto error_return_verdef;
7243 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
7244 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux));
7245 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
7246 for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++)
7248 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux);
7250 iverdaux->vda_nodename =
7251 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
7252 iverdaux->vda_name);
7253 if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL)
7254 goto error_return_verdef;
7256 if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt)
7257 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1;
7259 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
7261 if (iverdaux->vda_next
7262 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdaux))
7263 goto error_return_verdef;
7265 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
7266 ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next));
7269 if (iverdef->vd_cnt)
7270 iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename;
7272 if ((size_t) (iverdef - iverdefarr) + 1 < maxidx)
7273 iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1;
7275 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
7277 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
7278 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next));
7284 else if (default_imported_symver)
7291 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *)
7292 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, freeidx, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
7293 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
7296 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = freeidx;
7299 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
7300 if (default_imported_symver)
7302 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
7303 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
7305 iverdef = &elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[freeidx - 1];;
7307 iverdef->vd_version = VER_DEF_CURRENT;
7308 iverdef->vd_flags = 0;
7309 iverdef->vd_ndx = freeidx;
7310 iverdef->vd_cnt = 1;
7312 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
7314 iverdef->vd_nodename = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd);
7315 if (iverdef->vd_nodename == NULL)
7316 goto error_return_verdef;
7317 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
7318 iverdef->vd_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_verdaux *)
7319 bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
7320 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
7321 goto error_return_verdef;
7323 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
7324 iverdaux->vda_nodename = iverdef->vd_nodename;
7325 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
7331 if (contents != NULL)
7337 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd *abfd)
7339 elf_symbol_type *newsym;
7340 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (elf_symbol_type);
7342 newsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7347 newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
7348 return &newsym->symbol;
7353 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7357 bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
7360 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
7361 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
7365 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7368 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
7369 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L')
7372 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
7373 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
7374 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.')
7377 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
7378 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
7379 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
7380 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
7381 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
7382 we treat such symbols as local. */
7383 if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_')
7390 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7391 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7398 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd *abfd,
7399 enum bfd_architecture arch,
7400 unsigned long machine)
7402 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
7403 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
7404 if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch
7405 && arch != bfd_arch_unknown
7406 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown)
7409 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine);
7412 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
7413 for error reporting. */
7416 elf_find_function (bfd *abfd,
7420 const char **filename_ptr,
7421 const char **functionname_ptr)
7423 static asection *last_section;
7424 static asymbol *func;
7425 static const char *filename;
7426 static bfd_size_type func_size;
7428 if (symbols == NULL)
7431 if (last_section != section
7433 || offset < func->value
7434 || offset >= func->value + func_size)
7439 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
7440 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
7441 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
7442 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
7443 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
7444 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
7445 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
7446 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
7447 enum { nothing_seen, symbol_seen, file_after_symbol_seen } state;
7448 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7454 state = nothing_seen;
7456 last_section = section;
7458 for (p = symbols; *p != NULL; p++)
7464 if ((sym->flags & BSF_FILE) != 0)
7467 if (state == symbol_seen)
7468 state = file_after_symbol_seen;
7472 size = bed->maybe_function_sym (sym, section, &code_off);
7474 && code_off <= offset
7475 && (code_off > low_func
7476 || (code_off == low_func
7477 && size > func_size)))
7481 low_func = code_off;
7484 && ((sym->flags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0
7485 || state != file_after_symbol_seen))
7486 filename = bfd_asymbol_name (file);
7488 if (state == nothing_seen)
7489 state = symbol_seen;
7497 *filename_ptr = filename;
7498 if (functionname_ptr)
7499 *functionname_ptr = bfd_asymbol_name (func);
7504 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
7505 for error reporting. */
7508 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd,
7512 const char **filename_ptr,
7513 const char **functionname_ptr,
7514 unsigned int *line_ptr)
7518 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7519 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7522 if (!*functionname_ptr)
7523 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7524 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
7530 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, dwarf_debug_sections,
7531 section, symbols, offset,
7532 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7534 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
7536 if (!*functionname_ptr)
7537 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7538 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
7544 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
7545 &found, filename_ptr,
7546 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
7547 &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info))
7549 if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr))
7552 if (symbols == NULL)
7555 if (! elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7556 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr))
7563 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
7566 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol,
7567 const char **filename_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr)
7569 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd, symbols, symbol,
7570 filename_ptr, line_ptr, 0,
7571 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
7574 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
7575 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
7576 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
7577 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
7578 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
7581 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
7582 const char **filename_ptr,
7583 const char **functionname_ptr,
7584 unsigned int *line_ptr)
7587 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
7588 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
7589 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
7594 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7596 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7597 int ret = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
7599 if (!info->relocatable)
7601 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
7603 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
7605 struct elf_segment_map *m;
7608 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
7609 phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
7612 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
7615 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = phdr_size;
7623 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd,
7625 const void *location,
7627 bfd_size_type count)
7629 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
7632 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
7633 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
7636 hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr;
7637 pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset;
7638 if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
7639 || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count)
7646 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7647 arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7648 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7653 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
7656 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *areloc)
7658 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
7660 if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec)
7662 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
7663 reloc_howto_type *howto;
7665 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
7666 equivalent ELF reloc. */
7668 if (areloc->howto->pc_relative)
7670 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
7673 code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL;
7676 code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL;
7679 code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
7682 code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL;
7685 code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
7688 code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
7694 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
7696 if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset)
7698 if (howto->pcrel_offset)
7699 areloc->addend += areloc->address;
7701 areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */
7706 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
7712 code = BFD_RELOC_14;
7715 code = BFD_RELOC_16;
7718 code = BFD_RELOC_26;
7721 code = BFD_RELOC_32;
7724 code = BFD_RELOC_64;
7730 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
7734 areloc->howto = howto;
7742 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7743 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
7744 abfd, areloc->howto->name);
7745 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7750 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd *abfd)
7752 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
7753 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object && tdata != NULL)
7755 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL)
7756 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
7757 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd, &tdata->dwarf2_find_line_info);
7760 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd);
7763 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
7764 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
7765 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
7768 bfd_reloc_status_type
7769 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
7770 (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7771 struct bfd_symbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7772 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7773 bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7775 return bfd_reloc_ok;
7778 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
7779 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
7780 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
7781 out details about the corefile. */
7783 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
7784 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
7785 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
7786 # include <sys/procfs.h>
7789 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
7790 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
7793 elfcore_make_pid (bfd *abfd)
7797 pid = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid;
7799 pid = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid;
7804 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
7805 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
7806 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
7810 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd *abfd, char *name, asection *sect)
7814 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL)
7817 sect2 = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, name, sect->flags);
7821 sect2->size = sect->size;
7822 sect2->filepos = sect->filepos;
7823 sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power;
7827 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
7828 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
7829 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
7830 such a section already exists.
7831 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
7832 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
7833 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
7835 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
7841 char *threaded_name;
7845 /* Build the section name. */
7847 sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7848 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7849 threaded_name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7850 if (threaded_name == NULL)
7852 memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len);
7854 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, threaded_name,
7859 sect->filepos = filepos;
7860 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7862 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect);
7865 /* prstatus_t exists on:
7867 linux 2.[01] + glibc
7871 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7874 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7879 if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t))
7883 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
7884 offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg);
7885 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
7887 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7888 has already been set by another thread. */
7889 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
7890 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
7891 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid == 0)
7892 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
7894 /* pr_who exists on:
7897 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7900 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
7901 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
7903 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_pid;
7906 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
7907 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t))
7909 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7910 prstatus32_t prstat;
7912 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
7913 offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg);
7914 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
7916 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7917 has already been set by another thread. */
7918 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
7919 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
7920 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid == 0)
7921 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
7923 /* pr_who exists on:
7926 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7929 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
7930 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
7932 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_pid;
7935 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
7938 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7939 note size (ie. data object type). */
7943 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
7944 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
7945 size, note->descpos + offset);
7947 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
7949 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
7951 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
7953 Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7955 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name,
7956 note->descsz, note->descpos);
7959 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
7960 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
7961 data structure apart. */
7964 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7966 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
7969 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
7970 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
7974 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7976 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
7979 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
7980 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
7981 contents literally. */
7984 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7986 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xstate", note);
7990 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7992 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note);
7996 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7998 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note);
8002 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8004 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note);
8008 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8010 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-timer", note);
8014 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8016 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note);
8020 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8022 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note);
8026 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8028 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note);
8032 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8034 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-prefix", note);
8038 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8040 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-last-break", note);
8044 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8046 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-system-call", note);
8050 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8052 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-arm-vfp", note);
8055 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
8056 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
8057 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8058 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
8062 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8063 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
8064 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8065 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
8069 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
8070 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
8071 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
8074 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd *abfd, char *start, size_t max)
8077 char *end = (char *) memchr (start, '\0', max);
8085 dups = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1);
8089 memcpy (dups, start, len);
8095 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8097 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8099 if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t))
8101 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo;
8103 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
8105 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
8106 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = psinfo.pr_pid;
8108 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
8109 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
8110 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
8112 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
8113 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
8114 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
8116 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8117 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t))
8119 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8120 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo;
8122 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
8124 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
8125 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = psinfo.pr_pid;
8127 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
8128 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
8129 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
8131 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
8132 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
8133 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
8139 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
8140 note size (ie. data object type). */
8144 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
8145 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
8146 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
8149 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
8150 int n = strlen (command);
8152 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
8153 command[n - 1] = '\0';
8158 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
8160 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8162 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8164 if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t)
8165 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
8166 || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t)
8172 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
8174 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
8176 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
8177 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t))
8179 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8182 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
8184 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
8187 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
8188 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
8189 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
8193 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
8195 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8197 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8199 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
8205 if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat)
8206 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
8207 && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t)
8212 memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat));
8214 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid;
8215 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
8217 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
8218 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig;
8220 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
8222 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
8223 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
8224 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8227 memcpy (name, buf, len);
8229 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8233 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8234 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
8235 sect->filepos = note->descpos
8236 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
8239 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8240 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg);
8241 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg);
8244 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8246 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
8249 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
8251 sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
8252 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
8253 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8256 memcpy (name, buf, len);
8258 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8262 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8263 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
8264 sect->filepos = note->descpos
8265 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
8268 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
8269 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg);
8270 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg);
8273 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8275 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect);
8277 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
8280 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8287 int is_active_thread;
8290 if (note->descsz < 728)
8293 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note->namedata, "win32"))
8296 type = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata);
8300 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
8301 /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
8302 /* process_info.pid */
8303 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
8304 /* process_info.signal */
8305 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
8308 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
8309 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
8310 /* thread_info.tid */
8311 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8));
8313 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
8314 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8318 memcpy (name, buf, len);
8320 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8324 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
8326 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
8327 sect->filepos = note->descpos + 12;
8328 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8330 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
8331 is_active_thread = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
8333 if (is_active_thread)
8334 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
8338 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
8339 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
8340 /* module_info.base_address */
8341 base_addr = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 4);
8342 sprintf (buf, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr);
8344 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
8345 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8349 memcpy (name, buf, len);
8351 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8356 sect->size = note->descsz;
8357 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8358 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8369 elfcore_grok_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8371 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8379 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus)
8380 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note))
8382 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8383 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note);
8388 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8390 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note);
8393 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8395 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note);
8398 case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
8399 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note);
8401 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS:
8402 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note);
8404 case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */
8405 if (note->namesz == 6
8406 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8407 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note);
8411 case NT_X86_XSTATE: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
8412 if (note->namesz == 6
8413 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8414 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd, note);
8419 if (note->namesz == 6
8420 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8421 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd, note);
8426 if (note->namesz == 6
8427 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8428 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd, note);
8432 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS:
8433 if (note->namesz == 6
8434 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8435 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd, note);
8440 if (note->namesz == 6
8441 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8442 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd, note);
8446 case NT_S390_TODCMP:
8447 if (note->namesz == 6
8448 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8449 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd, note);
8453 case NT_S390_TODPREG:
8454 if (note->namesz == 6
8455 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8456 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd, note);
8461 if (note->namesz == 6
8462 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8463 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd, note);
8467 case NT_S390_PREFIX:
8468 if (note->namesz == 6
8469 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8470 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd, note);
8474 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK:
8475 if (note->namesz == 6
8476 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8477 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd, note);
8481 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL:
8482 if (note->namesz == 6
8483 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8484 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd, note);
8489 if (note->namesz == 6
8490 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8491 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd, note);
8497 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo)
8498 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note))
8500 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8501 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note);
8508 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv",
8513 sect->size = note->descsz;
8514 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8515 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
8523 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8525 elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id_size = note->descsz;
8526 elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (abfd, note->descsz);
8527 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id == NULL)
8530 memcpy (elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id, note->descdata, note->descsz);
8536 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8543 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID:
8544 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd, note);
8549 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8551 struct sdt_note *cur =
8552 (struct sdt_note *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct sdt_note)
8555 cur->next = (struct sdt_note *) (elf_tdata (abfd))->sdt_note_head;
8556 cur->size = (bfd_size_type) note->descsz;
8557 memcpy (cur->data, note->descdata, note->descsz);
8559 elf_tdata (abfd)->sdt_note_head = cur;
8565 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8570 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd, note);
8578 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note *note, int *lwpidp)
8582 cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@');
8585 *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1);
8592 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8594 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
8595 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal
8596 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
8598 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
8599 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid
8600 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50);
8602 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
8603 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
8604 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31);
8606 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
8611 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8615 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp))
8616 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwp;
8618 if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO)
8620 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
8621 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
8622 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
8623 creates a core file. */
8625 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
8628 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
8629 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
8630 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
8633 if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH)
8637 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
8639 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
8640 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
8642 case bfd_arch_alpha:
8643 case bfd_arch_sparc:
8646 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+0:
8647 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
8649 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+2:
8650 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
8656 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
8657 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
8662 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+1:
8663 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
8665 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3:
8666 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
8676 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8678 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
8679 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal
8680 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
8682 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
8683 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid
8684 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x20);
8686 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
8687 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
8688 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x48, 31);
8694 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8696 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO)
8697 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
8699 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_REGS)
8700 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
8702 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS)
8703 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
8705 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS)
8706 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
8708 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_AUXV)
8710 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv",
8715 sect->size = note->descsz;
8716 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8717 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
8722 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE)
8724 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".wcookie",
8729 sect->size = note->descsz;
8730 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8731 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
8740 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, long *tid)
8742 void *ddata = note->descdata;
8749 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
8750 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata);
8752 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
8753 *tid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4);
8755 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
8756 flags = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 8);
8758 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
8759 if ((sig = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14)) > 0)
8761 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = sig;
8762 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid;
8765 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
8766 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
8767 thread just in case. */
8768 if (flags & 0x00000080)
8769 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid;
8771 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
8772 sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid);
8774 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
8779 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8783 sect->size = note->descsz;
8784 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8785 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8787 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect));
8791 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd *abfd,
8792 Elf_Internal_Note *note,
8800 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
8801 sprintf (buf, "%s/%ld", base, tid);
8803 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
8808 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8812 sect->size = note->descsz;
8813 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8814 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8816 /* This is the current thread. */
8817 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid == tid)
8818 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, base, sect);
8823 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
8824 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
8825 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
8826 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
8829 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8831 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
8832 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
8834 static long tid = 1;
8838 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO:
8839 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note);
8840 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS:
8841 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid);
8842 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG:
8843 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg");
8844 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG:
8845 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg2");
8852 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8858 /* Use note name as section name. */
8860 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8863 memcpy (name, note->namedata, len);
8864 name[len - 1] = '\0';
8866 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8870 sect->size = note->descsz;
8871 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8872 sect->alignment_power = 1;
8877 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
8880 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
8884 size of data for note
8886 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
8887 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
8888 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
8889 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
8892 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
8895 elfcore_write_note (bfd *abfd,
8903 Elf_External_Note *xnp;
8910 namesz = strlen (name) + 1;
8912 newspace = 12 + ((namesz + 3) & -4) + ((size + 3) & -4);
8914 buf = (char *) realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace);
8917 dest = buf + *bufsiz;
8918 *bufsiz += newspace;
8919 xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest;
8920 H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz);
8921 H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz);
8922 H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type);
8926 memcpy (dest, name, namesz);
8934 memcpy (dest, input, size);
8945 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd *abfd,
8951 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8953 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
8956 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8957 NT_PRPSINFO, fname, psargs);
8962 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8963 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8964 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
8966 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8968 int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
8971 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
8974 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
8975 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
8976 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
8977 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8978 "CORE", note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
8983 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8985 int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
8988 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
8991 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
8992 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
8993 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
8994 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8995 "CORE", note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
8997 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
9004 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd *abfd,
9011 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
9013 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
9016 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9018 pid, cursig, gregs);
9023 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9024 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9025 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
9027 prstatus32_t prstat;
9029 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
9030 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
9031 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
9032 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
9033 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE",
9034 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
9041 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
9042 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
9043 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
9044 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
9045 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE",
9046 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
9048 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
9054 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9056 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd,
9063 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
9064 const char *note_name = "CORE";
9066 memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat));
9067 lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16;
9068 lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
9069 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
9070 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg));
9071 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9073 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs,
9074 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs));
9076 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs,
9077 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs));
9080 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
9081 NT_LWPSTATUS, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat));
9083 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
9085 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9087 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd *abfd,
9091 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9092 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
9094 const char *note_name = "CORE";
9095 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9096 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
9098 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
9102 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
9103 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
9104 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
9105 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
9113 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
9114 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
9115 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
9116 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
9120 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
9123 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd *abfd,
9129 const char *note_name = "CORE";
9130 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9131 note_name, NT_FPREGSET, fpregs, size);
9135 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd,
9138 const void *xfpregs,
9141 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9142 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9143 note_name, NT_PRXFPREG, xfpregs, size);
9147 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz,
9148 const void *xfpregs, int size)
9150 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9151 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9152 note_name, NT_X86_XSTATE, xfpregs, size);
9156 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd,
9159 const void *ppc_vmx,
9162 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9163 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9164 note_name, NT_PPC_VMX, ppc_vmx, size);
9168 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd,
9171 const void *ppc_vsx,
9174 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9175 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9176 note_name, NT_PPC_VSX, ppc_vsx, size);
9180 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd *abfd,
9183 const void *s390_high_gprs,
9186 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9187 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9188 note_name, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS,
9189 s390_high_gprs, size);
9193 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd *abfd,
9196 const void *s390_timer,
9199 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9200 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9201 note_name, NT_S390_TIMER, s390_timer, size);
9205 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd *abfd,
9208 const void *s390_todcmp,
9211 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9212 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9213 note_name, NT_S390_TODCMP, s390_todcmp, size);
9217 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd *abfd,
9220 const void *s390_todpreg,
9223 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9224 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9225 note_name, NT_S390_TODPREG, s390_todpreg, size);
9229 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd *abfd,
9232 const void *s390_ctrs,
9235 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9236 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9237 note_name, NT_S390_CTRS, s390_ctrs, size);
9241 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd *abfd,
9244 const void *s390_prefix,
9247 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9248 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9249 note_name, NT_S390_PREFIX, s390_prefix, size);
9253 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd *abfd,
9256 const void *s390_last_break,
9259 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9260 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9261 note_name, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK,
9262 s390_last_break, size);
9266 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd *abfd,
9269 const void *s390_system_call,
9272 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9273 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9274 note_name, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL,
9275 s390_system_call, size);
9279 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd *abfd,
9282 const void *arm_vfp,
9285 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9286 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9287 note_name, NT_ARM_VFP, arm_vfp, size);
9291 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd *abfd,
9294 const char *section,
9298 if (strcmp (section, ".reg2") == 0)
9299 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9300 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
9301 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9302 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
9303 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9304 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
9305 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9306 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
9307 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9308 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
9309 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9310 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
9311 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9312 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
9313 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9314 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
9315 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9316 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
9317 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9318 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
9319 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9320 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
9321 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9322 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
9323 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9324 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
9325 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9330 elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size, file_ptr offset)
9335 while (p < buf + size)
9337 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
9338 Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p;
9339 Elf_Internal_Note in;
9341 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note, name) > buf - p + size)
9344 in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type);
9346 in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz);
9347 in.namedata = xnp->name;
9348 if (in.namesz > buf - in.namedata + size)
9351 in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz);
9352 in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4);
9353 in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf);
9355 && (in.descdata >= buf + size
9356 || in.descsz > buf - in.descdata + size))
9359 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd))
9365 if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "NetBSD-CORE"))
9367 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd, &in))
9370 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "OpenBSD"))
9372 if (! elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (abfd, &in))
9375 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "QNX"))
9377 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd, &in))
9380 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "SPU/"))
9382 if (! elfcore_grok_spu_note (abfd, &in))
9387 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd, &in))
9393 if (in.namesz == sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in.namedata, "GNU") == 0)
9395 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd, &in))
9398 else if (in.namesz == sizeof "stapsdt"
9399 && strcmp (in.namedata, "stapsdt") == 0)
9401 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd, &in))
9407 p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4);
9414 elf_read_notes (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size)
9421 if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
9424 buf = (char *) bfd_malloc (size);
9428 if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size
9429 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd, buf, size, offset))
9439 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
9441 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
9442 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
9443 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
9446 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
9448 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
9450 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
9454 return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr);
9457 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
9458 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
9459 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
9460 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
9462 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
9463 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
9466 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd *abfd, void *phdrs)
9470 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
9472 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
9476 num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
9477 memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr,
9478 num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
9483 enum elf_reloc_type_class
9484 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
9486 return reloc_class_normal;
9489 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
9490 relocation against a local symbol. */
9493 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
9494 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
9496 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
9498 asection *sec = *psec;
9501 relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
9502 + sec->output_offset
9504 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
9505 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
9506 && sec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
9509 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
9510 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
9511 sym->st_value + rel->r_addend);
9514 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
9515 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
9516 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
9517 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
9518 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
9519 if ((sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
9520 sec->kept_section = *psec;
9523 rel->r_addend -= relocation;
9524 rel->r_addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
9530 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
9531 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
9535 asection *sec = *psec;
9537 if (sec->sec_info_type != SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
9538 return sym->st_value + addend;
9540 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
9541 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
9542 sym->st_value + addend);
9546 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd *abfd,
9547 struct bfd_link_info *info,
9551 switch (sec->sec_info_type)
9553 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS:
9554 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec, elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
9556 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME:
9557 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset);
9559 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY) != 0)
9561 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
9562 bfd_size_type address_size = bed->s->arch_size / 8;
9563 offset = sec->size - offset - address_size;
9569 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
9570 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
9571 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
9572 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
9573 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
9574 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
9576 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
9577 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
9578 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
9579 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
9580 the remote memory. */
9583 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
9587 int (*target_read_memory) (bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, bfd_size_type))
9589 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory)
9590 (templ, ehdr_vma, loadbasep, target_read_memory);
9594 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
9595 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9596 asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9601 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
9604 const char *relplt_name;
9605 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
9609 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
9615 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
9618 if (dynsymcount <= 0)
9621 if (!bed->plt_sym_val)
9624 relplt_name = bed->relplt_name;
9625 if (relplt_name == NULL)
9626 relplt_name = bed->rela_plts_and_copies_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
9627 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, relplt_name);
9631 hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr;
9632 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
9633 || (hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL && hdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA))
9636 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
9640 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
9641 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
9644 count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize;
9645 size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
9646 p = relplt->relocation;
9647 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel)
9649 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
9653 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64);
9655 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
9660 s = *ret = (asymbol *) bfd_malloc (size);
9664 names = (char *) (s + count);
9665 p = relplt->relocation;
9667 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel)
9672 addr = bed->plt_sym_val (i, plt, p);
9673 if (addr == (bfd_vma) -1)
9676 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
9677 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
9678 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
9679 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
9680 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
9681 s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC;
9683 s->value = addr - plt->vma;
9686 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
9687 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
9693 memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
9694 names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
9695 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, buf, p->addend);
9696 for (a = buf; *a == '0'; ++a)
9699 memcpy (names, a, len);
9702 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
9703 names += sizeof ("@plt");
9710 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
9711 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
9712 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section,
9713 SEC_IS_COMMON, NULL, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
9716 _bfd_elf_set_osabi (bfd * abfd,
9717 struct bfd_link_info * link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
9719 Elf_Internal_Ehdr * i_ehdrp; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
9721 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
9723 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi;
9725 /* To make things simpler for the loader on Linux systems we set the
9726 osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains symbols of
9727 the STT_GNU_IFUNC type or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
9728 if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] == ELFOSABI_NONE
9729 && elf_tdata (abfd)->has_gnu_symbols)
9730 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = ELFOSABI_GNU;
9734 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
9735 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
9736 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
9739 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type)
9741 return (type == STT_FUNC
9742 || type == STT_GNU_IFUNC);
9745 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
9746 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
9747 otherwise return zero. */
9750 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol *sym, asection *sec,
9755 if ((sym->flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_FILE | BSF_OBJECT
9756 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL | BSF_RELC | BSF_SRELC)) != 0
9757 || sym->section != sec)
9760 *code_off = sym->value;
9762 if (!(sym->flags & BSF_SYNTHETIC))
9763 size = ((elf_symbol_type *) sym)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;